]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gas/config/tc-hppa.c
projects / thirdparty / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
* config/tc-hppa.c (hppa_symbol_chars): Remove `,' and `!'.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
367 char common;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
370 to be multiply defined. */
371 char dup_common;
372
373 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
374 char zero;
375
376 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
377 unsigned char sort;
378
379 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
380 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
381 int access;
382
383 /* Index of containing space. */
384 int space_index;
385
386 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
387 int alignment;
388
389 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
390 int quadrant;
391
392 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
393 int def_space_index;
394
395 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
396 subsegT subsegment;
397 };
398
399 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
400 dictionary entries. */
401
402 struct default_space_dict
403 {
404 /* Name of the space. */
405 char *name;
406
407 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
408 assembly code numerically! */
409 int spnum;
410
411 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
412 char loadable;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
415 char defined;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
418 char private;
419
420 /* Sort key for this space. */
421 unsigned char sort;
422
423 /* Segment associated with this space. */
424 asection *segment;
425 };
426 #endif
427
428 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
429 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
430 label. */
431 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
432 {
433 struct symbol *lss_label;
434 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
435 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
436 #endif
437 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
438 segT lss_segment;
439 #endif
440 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
441 }
442 label_symbol_struct;
443
444 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
445 struct hppa_fix_struct
446 {
447 /* The field selector. */
448 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
449
450 /* Type of fixup. */
451 int fx_r_type;
452
453 /* Format of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_format;
455
456 /* Argument relocation bits. */
457 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
458
459 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
460 segT segment;
461 };
462
463 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
464
465 struct pd_reg
466 {
467 char *name;
468 int value;
469 };
470
471 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
472 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
473 struct fp_cond_map
474 {
475 char *string;
476 int cond;
477 };
478
479 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
480 string to a field selector type. */
481 struct selector_entry
482 {
483 char *prefix;
484 int field_selector;
485 };
486
487 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
488
489 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
490 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
491 #endif
492
493 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
494 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
495 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
496 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
497 #endif
498 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
499 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
506 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
507 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
508 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
509 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
510 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
511 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
512 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
513 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
514 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
515 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
519 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
520 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
521 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
522 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
523 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
525 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
528 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
532 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
534 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
537 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
541 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
542 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
543 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
544 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
545 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
546 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
547 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
548 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
549 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
550 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
551 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
552 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
553 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
554 int, int, int,
555 asection *, int));
556 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
557 char *, int, int,
558 int, int, int,
559 int, int, int, int,
560 int, asection *));
561 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
562 char *, int, int, int,
563 int, int, int, int,
564 int, int, int,
565 asection *));
566 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
567 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
568 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
569 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
570 subsegT));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
572 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
573 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
574 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
575 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
576 #endif
577 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
578 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
579 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
580 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
581 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
582 int, unsigned int, int));
583 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
584 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
585 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
586 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
587 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
588 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
589 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
590 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
591
592 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
593 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
594 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
595 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
596 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
597 #endif
598
599 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
600
601 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
602 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
603 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
604 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
605
606 /* The current space and subspace. */
607 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
608 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
609 #endif
610
611 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
612 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
613
614 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
615 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
616 function labels. */
617 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
618
619 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
620 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
621
622 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
623 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
624
625 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
626 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
627 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
628 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
629
630 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
631 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
632 dependent tables? */
633 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
634 {
635 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
636 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
637 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
638 {"align", pa_align, 8},
639 #endif
640 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
641 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
642 #endif
643 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
644 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
645 {"block", pa_block, 1},
646 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
647 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
648 {"call", pa_call, 0},
649 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
650 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
651 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
652 #else
653 {"code", pa_text, 0},
654 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
655 #endif
656 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
657 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
658 #endif
659 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
660 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
661 {"data", pa_data, 0},
662 #endif
663 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
664 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
665 {"end", pa_end, 0},
666 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
667 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
668 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
669 #endif
670 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
671 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
672 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
673 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
674 {"export", pa_export, 0},
675 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
676 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
677 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
678 {"import", pa_import, 0},
679 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
680 {"label", pa_label, 0},
681 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
682 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
683 {"level", pa_level, 0},
684 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
685 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
686 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
687 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
688 #endif
689 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
690 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
691 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
692 {"param", pa_param, 0},
693 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
694 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
695 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
696 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
697 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
698 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
699 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
700 {"space", pa_space, 0},
701 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
702 #endif
703 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
704 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
705 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
706 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
707 #endif
708 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
709 {"text", pa_text, 0},
710 #endif
711 {"version", pa_version, 0},
712 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
713 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
714 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
715 #endif
716 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
717 {NULL, 0, 0}
718 };
719
720 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
721 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
722 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
723
724 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
725 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
726 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
727
728 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
729 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
730
731 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
732 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
733 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
734
735 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
736 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
737
738 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
739 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
740
741 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
742 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
743
744 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
745 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
746 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
747 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
748
749 static struct pa_it the_insn;
750
751 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
752 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
753 variable. */
754 static char *expr_end;
755
756 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
757 static int callinfo_found;
758
759 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
760 static int within_entry_exit;
761
762 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
763 static int within_procedure;
764
765 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
766 seen in each subspace. */
767 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
768
769 /* Holds the last field selector. */
770 static int hppa_field_selector;
771
772 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
773
774 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
775 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
776 static int strict = 0;
777
778 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
779 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
780 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
781 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
782 register has a `r' suffix. */
783 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
784 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
785 static int pa_number;
786
787 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
788 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
789 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
790 #endif
791
792 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
793 static int print_errors = 1;
794
795 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
796
797 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
798 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
799
800 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
801 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
802
803 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
804 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
805 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
806 again have the value <REGNUM>.
807
808 Many registers also have synonyms:
809
810 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
811 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
812 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
813 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
814 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
815
816 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
817 here for brevity.
818
819 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
820
821 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
822 {
823 {"%arg0", 26},
824 {"%arg1", 25},
825 {"%arg2", 24},
826 {"%arg3", 23},
827 {"%cr0", 0},
828 {"%cr10", 10},
829 {"%cr11", 11},
830 {"%cr12", 12},
831 {"%cr13", 13},
832 {"%cr14", 14},
833 {"%cr15", 15},
834 {"%cr16", 16},
835 {"%cr17", 17},
836 {"%cr18", 18},
837 {"%cr19", 19},
838 {"%cr20", 20},
839 {"%cr21", 21},
840 {"%cr22", 22},
841 {"%cr23", 23},
842 {"%cr24", 24},
843 {"%cr25", 25},
844 {"%cr26", 26},
845 {"%cr27", 27},
846 {"%cr28", 28},
847 {"%cr29", 29},
848 {"%cr30", 30},
849 {"%cr31", 31},
850 {"%cr8", 8},
851 {"%cr9", 9},
852 {"%dp", 27},
853 {"%eiem", 15},
854 {"%eirr", 23},
855 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
857 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
858 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
862 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
865 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
868 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
871 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
873 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
874 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
876 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
877 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
879 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
880 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
882 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
883 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
885 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
886 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
888 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
889 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
890 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
891 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
895 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
897 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
898 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
900 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
901 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
904 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
907 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
910 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
913 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
916 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
919 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
921 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
922 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
923 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
924 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
927 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
928 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
930 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
931 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
932 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
933 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
935 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
936 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
938 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
939 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
941 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
942 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
944 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
945 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
947 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
948 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
950 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
951 {"%hta", 25},
952 {"%iir", 19},
953 {"%ior", 21},
954 {"%ipsw", 22},
955 {"%isr", 20},
956 {"%itmr", 16},
957 {"%iva", 14},
958 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
959 {"%mrp", 2},
960 #else
961 {"%mrp", 31},
962 #endif
963 {"%pcoq", 18},
964 {"%pcsq", 17},
965 {"%pidr1", 8},
966 {"%pidr2", 9},
967 {"%pidr3", 12},
968 {"%pidr4", 13},
969 {"%ppda", 24},
970 {"%r0", 0},
971 {"%r1", 1},
972 {"%r10", 10},
973 {"%r11", 11},
974 {"%r12", 12},
975 {"%r13", 13},
976 {"%r14", 14},
977 {"%r15", 15},
978 {"%r16", 16},
979 {"%r17", 17},
980 {"%r18", 18},
981 {"%r19", 19},
982 {"%r2", 2},
983 {"%r20", 20},
984 {"%r21", 21},
985 {"%r22", 22},
986 {"%r23", 23},
987 {"%r24", 24},
988 {"%r25", 25},
989 {"%r26", 26},
990 {"%r27", 27},
991 {"%r28", 28},
992 {"%r29", 29},
993 {"%r3", 3},
994 {"%r30", 30},
995 {"%r31", 31},
996 {"%r4", 4},
997 {"%r5", 5},
998 {"%r6", 6},
999 {"%r7", 7},
1000 {"%r8", 8},
1001 {"%r9", 9},
1002 {"%rctr", 0},
1003 {"%ret0", 28},
1004 {"%ret1", 29},
1005 {"%rp", 2},
1006 {"%sar", 11},
1007 {"%sp", 30},
1008 {"%sr0", 0},
1009 {"%sr1", 1},
1010 {"%sr2", 2},
1011 {"%sr3", 3},
1012 {"%sr4", 4},
1013 {"%sr5", 5},
1014 {"%sr6", 6},
1015 {"%sr7", 7},
1016 {"%tr0", 24},
1017 {"%tr1", 25},
1018 {"%tr2", 26},
1019 {"%tr3", 27},
1020 {"%tr4", 28},
1021 {"%tr5", 29},
1022 {"%tr6", 30},
1023 {"%tr7", 31}
1024 };
1025
1026 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1027 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1028 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1029 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1030 {
1031 {"false?", 0},
1032 {"false", 1},
1033 {"true?", 30},
1034 {"true", 31},
1035 {"!<=>", 3},
1036 {"!?>=", 8},
1037 {"!?<=", 16},
1038 {"!<>", 7},
1039 {"!>=", 11},
1040 {"!?>", 12},
1041 {"?<=", 14},
1042 {"!<=", 19},
1043 {"!?<", 20},
1044 {"?>=", 22},
1045 {"!?=", 24},
1046 {"!=t", 27},
1047 {"<=>", 29},
1048 {"=t", 5},
1049 {"?=", 6},
1050 {"?<", 10},
1051 {"<=", 13},
1052 {"!>", 15},
1053 {"?>", 18},
1054 {">=", 21},
1055 {"!<", 23},
1056 {"<>", 25},
1057 {"!=", 26},
1058 {"!?", 28},
1059 {"?", 2},
1060 {"=", 4},
1061 {"<", 9},
1062 {">", 17}
1063 };
1064
1065 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1066 {
1067 {"f", e_fsel},
1068 {"l", e_lsel},
1069 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1070 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1071 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1072 {"ls", e_lssel},
1073 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1074 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1075 {"n", e_nsel},
1076 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1077 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1078 {"p", e_psel},
1079 {"r", e_rsel},
1080 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1081 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1082 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1083 {"rs", e_rssel},
1084 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1085 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1086 {"t", e_tsel},
1087 };
1088
1089 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1090 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1091
1092 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1093 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1094
1095 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1096 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1097 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1098 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1099 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1100 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1101 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1102 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1103 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1104
1105 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1106 {
1107 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1108 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1109 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1110 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1111 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1112 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1113 };
1114
1115 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1116 {
1117 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1118 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1119 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1120 };
1121
1122 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1123
1124 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1125 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1126 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1127 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1128 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1129
1130 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1131 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1132 #endif
1133
1134 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1135 a right or left half of a FP register */
1136 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1137 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1138
1139 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1140 main loop after insertion. */
1141
1142 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1143 { \
1144 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1145 continue; \
1146 }
1147
1148 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1149 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1150
1151 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1152 { \
1153 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1154 { \
1155 if (! IGNORE) \
1156 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1157 (int) (FIELD));\
1158 break; \
1159 } \
1160 }
1161
1162 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix3 and other places where
1163 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1164
1165 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1166 { \
1167 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1168 { \
1169 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1170 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1171 (int) (FIELD));\
1172 break; \
1173 } \
1174 }
1175
1176 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1177 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1178
1179 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1180 { \
1181 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1182 { \
1183 if (! IGNORE) \
1184 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1185 (int) (FIELD));\
1186 break; \
1187 } \
1188 }
1189
1190 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1191 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1192 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1193
1194 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1195 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1196 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1197
1198 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1199 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1200 need real complex handling yet. */
1201 #define is_complex(exp) \
1202 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1203
1204 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1205
1206 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1207 proc/procend pairs match. */
1208
1209 void
1210 pa_check_eof ()
1211 {
1212 if (within_entry_exit)
1213 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1214
1215 if (within_procedure)
1216 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1217 }
1218
1219 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1220 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1221
1222 static label_symbol_struct *
1223 pa_get_label ()
1224 {
1225 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1226
1227 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1228 label_chain;
1229 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1230 {
1231 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1232 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1233 return label_chain;
1234 #endif
1235 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1236 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1237 return label_chain;
1238 #endif
1239 }
1240
1241 return NULL;
1242 }
1243
1244 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1245 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1246
1247 void
1248 pa_define_label (symbol)
1249 symbolS *symbol;
1250 {
1251 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1252
1253 if (label_chain)
1254 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1255 else
1256 {
1257 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1258 label_chain
1259 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1260 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1261 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1262 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1263 #endif
1264 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1265 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1266 #endif
1267 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1268
1269 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1270 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1271
1272 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1273 }
1274 }
1275
1276 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1277 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1278
1279 static void
1280 pa_undefine_label ()
1281 {
1282 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1283 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1284
1285 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1286 label_chain;
1287 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1288 {
1289 if (1
1290 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1291 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1292 #endif
1293 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1294 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1295 #endif
1296 )
1297 {
1298 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1299 if (prev_label_chain)
1300 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1301 else
1302 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1303
1304 free (label_chain);
1305 break;
1306 }
1307 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1308 }
1309 }
1310
1311 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1312 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1313 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1314 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1315 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1316 tc_fix_data field. */
1317
1318 static void
1319 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1320 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1321 fragS *frag;
1322 int where;
1323 int size;
1324 symbolS *add_symbol;
1325 offsetT offset;
1326 expressionS *exp;
1327 int pcrel;
1328 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1329 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1330 int r_format;
1331 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1332 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1333 {
1334 fixS *new_fix;
1335
1336 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1337 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1338
1339 if (exp != NULL)
1340 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1341 else
1342 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1343 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1344 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1345 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1346 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1347 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1348 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1349 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1350 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1351 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1352 #endif
1353
1354 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1355 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1356 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1357 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1358 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1359 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1360 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1361 }
1362
1363 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1364 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1365
1366 void
1367 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1368 expressionS *exp;
1369 {
1370 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1371 expression (exp);
1372 }
1373
1374 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1375 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1376
1377 void
1378 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1379 fragS *frag;
1380 int where;
1381 int size;
1382 expressionS *exp;
1383 {
1384 unsigned int rel_type;
1385
1386 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1387 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1388 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1389 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1390 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1391 else
1392 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1393
1394 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1395 {
1396 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1397 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1398 }
1399
1400 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1401 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1402 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1403
1404 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1405 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1406 }
1407
1408 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1409 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1410
1411 void
1412 md_begin ()
1413 {
1414 const char *retval = NULL;
1415 int lose = 0;
1416 unsigned int i = 0;
1417
1418 last_call_info = NULL;
1419 call_info_root = NULL;
1420
1421 /* Set the default machine type. */
1422 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1423 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1424
1425 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1426 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1427 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1428 {
1429 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1430 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1431 }
1432
1433 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1434 pa_spaces_begin ();
1435 #endif
1436
1437 op_hash = hash_new ();
1438
1439 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1440 {
1441 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1442 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1443 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1444 {
1445 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1446 lose = 1;
1447 }
1448 do
1449 {
1450 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1451 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1452 {
1453 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1454 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1455 lose = 1;
1456 }
1457 ++i;
1458 }
1459 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1460 }
1461
1462 if (lose)
1463 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1464
1465 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1466 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1467 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1468 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1469 #endif
1470
1471 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1472 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1473 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1474 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1475 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1476 #endif
1477 }
1478
1479 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1480 void
1481 md_assemble (str)
1482 char *str;
1483 {
1484 char *to;
1485
1486 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1487 assert (str);
1488
1489 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1490 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1491 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1492
1493 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1494 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1495 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1496 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1497 {
1498 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1499
1500 if (label_symbol)
1501 {
1502 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1503 {
1504 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1505 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1506 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1507 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1508 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1509 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1510 if (within_entry_exit)
1511 {
1512 char *where;
1513 unsigned int u;
1514
1515 where = frag_more (0);
1516 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1517 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1518 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1519 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1520 }
1521 #endif
1522 }
1523 else
1524 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1525 }
1526 else
1527 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1528 }
1529
1530 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1531 pa_ip (str);
1532
1533 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1534 to = frag_more (4);
1535
1536 /* Output the opcode. */
1537 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1538
1539 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1540 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1541 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1542 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1543 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1544 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1545
1546 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1547 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1548 #endif
1549 }
1550
1551 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1552 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1553
1554 static void
1555 pa_ip (str)
1556 char *str;
1557 {
1558 char *error_message = "";
1559 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1560 const char *args;
1561 int match = FALSE;
1562 int comma = 0;
1563 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1564 unsigned long opcode;
1565 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1566
1567 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1568 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1569 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1570 #endif
1571
1572 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1573 case. */
1574 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1575 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1576
1577 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1578 for (s = str;
1579 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1580 ++s)
1581 ;
1582
1583 switch (*s)
1584 {
1585
1586 case '\0':
1587 break;
1588
1589 case ',':
1590 comma = 1;
1591
1592 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1593
1594 case ' ':
1595 *s++ = '\0';
1596 break;
1597
1598 default:
1599 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1600 }
1601
1602 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1603 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1604 {
1605 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1606 return;
1607 }
1608
1609 if (comma)
1610 {
1611 *--s = ',';
1612 }
1613
1614 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1615 start processing them. */
1616 argstart = s;
1617 for (;;)
1618 {
1619 /* Do some initialization. */
1620 opcode = insn->match;
1621 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1622 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1623
1624 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1625
1626 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1627 then set a new architecture. */
1628 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1629 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1630 if (insn->arch < 20
1631 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1632 {
1633 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1634 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1635 }
1636 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1637 {
1638 match = FALSE;
1639 goto failed;
1640 }
1641
1642 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1643 sure that the operands match. */
1644 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1645 {
1646 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1647 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1648 s++;
1649
1650 switch (*args)
1651 {
1652
1653 /* End of arguments. */
1654 case '\0':
1655 if (*s == '\0')
1656 match = TRUE;
1657 break;
1658
1659 case '+':
1660 if (*s == '+')
1661 {
1662 ++s;
1663 continue;
1664 }
1665 if (*s == '-')
1666 continue;
1667 break;
1668
1669 /* These must match exactly. */
1670 case '(':
1671 case ')':
1672 case ',':
1673 case ' ':
1674 if (*s++ == *args)
1675 continue;
1676 break;
1677
1678 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1679 case 'b':
1680 case '^':
1681 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1682 break;
1683 num = pa_number;
1684 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1686
1687 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1688 is there. */
1689 case '!':
1690 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1691 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1692 s = s + 1;
1693
1694 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1695 {
1696 s += 4;
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1700 {
1701 s += 5;
1702 continue;
1703 }
1704 break;
1705
1706 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1707 case 'x':
1708 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1709 break;
1710 num = pa_number;
1711 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1713
1714 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1715 case 't':
1716 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1717 break;
1718 num = pa_number;
1719 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1721
1722 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1723 case 'a':
1724 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1725 break;
1726 num = pa_number;
1727 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1728 opcode |= num << 16;
1729 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1730
1731 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1732 case 'T':
1733 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1734 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1735 break;
1736 s = expr_end;
1737 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1738 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1739
1740 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1741 case '5':
1742 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1743 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1744 break;
1745 s = expr_end;
1746 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1747 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1748 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1749 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1750 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1751
1752 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1753 case 'V':
1754 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1755 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1756 break;
1757 s = expr_end;
1758 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1759 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1760 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1761 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1763
1764 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1765 case 'r':
1766 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1767 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1768 break;
1769 s = expr_end;
1770 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1771 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1772
1773 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1774 case 'R':
1775 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1776 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1777 break;
1778 s = expr_end;
1779 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1780 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1781
1782 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1783 case 'U':
1784 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1785 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1786 break;
1787 s = expr_end;
1788 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1789 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1790
1791 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1792 case 's':
1793 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1794 break;
1795 num = pa_number;
1796 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1797 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1798
1799 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1800 case 'S':
1801 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1802 break;
1803 num = pa_number;
1804 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1805 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1806 continue;
1807
1808 /* Handle all completers. */
1809 case 'c':
1810 switch (*++args)
1811 {
1812
1813 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1814 case 'X':
1815 case 'x':
1816 {
1817 int uu = 0;
1818 int m = 0;
1819 int i = 0;
1820 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1821 {
1822 s++;
1823 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1824 {
1825 uu = 1;
1826 m = 1;
1827 s++;
1828 i++;
1829 }
1830 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1831 m = 1;
1832 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1833 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1834 uu = 1;
1835 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1836 else if (strict)
1837 {
1838 s--;
1839 break;
1840 }
1841 else
1842 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1843 s++;
1844 i++;
1845 }
1846 if (i > 2)
1847 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1848 opcode |= m << 5;
1849 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1850 }
1851
1852 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1853 case 'M':
1854 case 'm':
1855 case 'q':
1856 case 'J':
1857 case 'e':
1858 {
1859 int a = 0;
1860 int m = 0;
1861 if (*s == ',')
1862 {
1863 int found = 0;
1864 s++;
1865 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1866 {
1867 a = 0;
1868 m = 1;
1869 found = 1;
1870 }
1871 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1872 {
1873 a = 1;
1874 m = 1;
1875 found = 1;
1876 }
1877
1878 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1879 if (!found && strict)
1880 s--;
1881 else
1882 {
1883 if (!found)
1884 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1885 s += 2;
1886 }
1887 }
1888 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1889 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1890 else if (*args == 'e')
1891 break;
1892
1893 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1894 encode the before/after field. */
1895 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1896 {
1897 opcode |= m << 5;
1898 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1899 }
1900 else if (*args == 'q')
1901 {
1902 opcode |= m << 3;
1903 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1904 }
1905 else if (*args == 'J')
1906 {
1907 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1908 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1909 }
1910 else if (*args == 'e')
1911 {
1912 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1913 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1914 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1915 opcode |= a;
1916 continue;
1917 }
1918 }
1919
1920 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1921 case 'A':
1922 case 's':
1923 {
1924 int a = 0;
1925 int m = 0;
1926 int i = 0;
1927 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1928 {
1929 s++;
1930 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1931 m = 1;
1932 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1933 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1934 a = 0;
1935 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1936 a = 1;
1937 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1938 else if (strict)
1939 {
1940 s--;
1941 break;
1942 }
1943 else
1944 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1945 s++;
1946 i++;
1947 }
1948 if (i > 2)
1949 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1950 opcode |= m << 5;
1951 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1952 }
1953
1954 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1955 case 'c':
1956 cmpltr = 0;
1957 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1958 {
1959 s += 3;
1960 cmpltr = 2;
1961 }
1962 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1963
1964 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1965 case 'C':
1966 cmpltr = 0;
1967 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1968 {
1969 s += 3;
1970 cmpltr = 2;
1971 }
1972 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1973 {
1974 s += 3;
1975 cmpltr = 1;
1976 }
1977 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1978
1979 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1980 case 'd':
1981 cmpltr = 0;
1982 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1983 {
1984 s += 3;
1985 cmpltr = 1;
1986 }
1987 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1988
1989 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1990 case 'o':
1991 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1992 break;
1993 s += 2;
1994 continue;
1995
1996 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1997 case 'g':
1998 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1999 break;
2000 s += 5;
2001 continue;
2002
2003 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2004 case 'p':
2005 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2006 break;
2007 s += 7;
2008 continue;
2009
2010 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2011 case 'l':
2012 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2013 break;
2014 s += 2;
2015 continue;
2016
2017 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2018 case 'P':
2019 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2020 break;
2021 s += 4;
2022 continue;
2023
2024 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2025 case 'L':
2026 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2027 break;
2028 s += 2;
2029 continue;
2030
2031 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2032 case 'w':
2033 flag = 0;
2034 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2035 {
2036 flag = 1;
2037 s += 2;
2038 }
2039 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2040 {
2041 flag = 0;
2042 s += 2;
2043 }
2044
2045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2046
2047 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2048 case 'W':
2049 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2050 break;
2051 s += 2;
2052 continue;
2053
2054 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2055 case 'r':
2056 flag = 0;
2057 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2058 {
2059 flag = 5;
2060 s += 2;
2061 }
2062
2063 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2064
2065 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2066 case 'Z':
2067 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2068 {
2069 flag = 1;
2070 s += 2;
2071 }
2072 else
2073 flag = 0;
2074
2075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2076
2077 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2078 case 'i':
2079 flag = 0;
2080 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2081 {
2082 flag = 1;
2083 s += 2;
2084 }
2085
2086 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2087
2088 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2089 case 'z':
2090 flag = 1;
2091 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2092 {
2093 flag = 0;
2094 s += 2;
2095 }
2096
2097 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2098
2099 /* Handle add completer. */
2100 case 'a':
2101 flag = 1;
2102 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2103 {
2104 flag = 2;
2105 s += 2;
2106 }
2107 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2108 {
2109 flag = 3;
2110 s += 4;
2111 }
2112
2113 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2114
2115 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2116 case 'Y':
2117 flag = 0;
2118 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2119 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2120 {
2121 flag = 1;
2122 s += 7;
2123 }
2124 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2125 {
2126 flag = 0;
2127 s += 3;
2128 }
2129 else
2130 break;
2131
2132 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2133
2134 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2135 case 'y':
2136 flag = 0;
2137 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2138 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2139 {
2140 flag = 1;
2141 s += 6;
2142 }
2143 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2144 {
2145 flag = 0;
2146 s += 2;
2147 }
2148 else
2149 break;
2150
2151 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2152
2153 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2154 case 'v':
2155 flag = 0;
2156 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2157 {
2158 flag = 1;
2159 s += 4;
2160 }
2161
2162 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2163
2164 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2165 case 't':
2166 flag = 0;
2167 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2168 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2169 {
2170 flag = 1;
2171 s += 7;
2172 }
2173 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2174 {
2175 flag = 0;
2176 s += 3;
2177 }
2178 else
2179 break;
2180
2181 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2182
2183 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2184 case 'B':
2185 flag = 0;
2186 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2187 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2188 {
2189 flag = 1;
2190 s += 7;
2191 }
2192 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2193 {
2194 flag = 0;
2195 s += 3;
2196 }
2197 else
2198 break;
2199
2200 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2201
2202 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2203 case 'b':
2204 flag = 0;
2205 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2206 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2207 {
2208 flag = 1;
2209 s += 6;
2210 }
2211 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2212 {
2213 flag = 0;
2214 s += 2;
2215 }
2216 else
2217 break;
2218
2219 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2220
2221 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2222 case 'T':
2223 flag = 0;
2224 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2225 {
2226 flag = 1;
2227 s += 3;
2228 }
2229
2230 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2231
2232 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2233 case 'S':
2234 {
2235 int sign = 1;
2236 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2237 {
2238 sign = 1;
2239 s += 2;
2240 }
2241 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2242 {
2243 sign = 0;
2244 s += 2;
2245 }
2246
2247 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2248 }
2249
2250 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2251 case 'h':
2252 if (*s++ == ',')
2253 {
2254 int lr = 0;
2255 if (*s == 'r')
2256 lr = 2;
2257 else if (*s == 'l')
2258 lr = 0;
2259 else
2260 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2261
2262 s++;
2263 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2264 }
2265 else
2266 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2267 break;
2268
2269 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2270 case 'H':
2271 {
2272 int sat = 3;
2273 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2274 {
2275 sat = 1;
2276 s += 3;
2277 }
2278 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2279 {
2280 sat = 0;
2281 s += 3;
2282 }
2283
2284 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2285 }
2286
2287 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2288 case '*':
2289 if (*s++ == ',')
2290 {
2291 int permloc[4];
2292 int perm = 0;
2293 int i = 0;
2294 permloc[0] = 13;
2295 permloc[1] = 10;
2296 permloc[2] = 8;
2297 permloc[3] = 6;
2298 for (; i < 4; i++)
2299 {
2300 switch (*s++)
2301 {
2302 case '0':
2303 perm = 0;
2304 break;
2305 case '1':
2306 perm = 1;
2307 break;
2308 case '2':
2309 perm = 2;
2310 break;
2311 case '3':
2312 perm = 3;
2313 break;
2314 default:
2315 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2316 }
2317 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2318 }
2319 continue;
2320 }
2321 else
2322 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2323 break;
2324
2325 default:
2326 abort ();
2327 }
2328 break;
2329
2330 /* Handle all conditions. */
2331 case '?':
2332 {
2333 args++;
2334 switch (*args)
2335 {
2336 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2337 case 'f':
2338 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2340
2341 /* Handle an add condition. */
2342 case 'A':
2343 case 'a':
2344 cmpltr = 0;
2345 flag = 0;
2346 if (*s == ',')
2347 {
2348 s++;
2349
2350 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2351 if (*args == 'A')
2352 {
2353 if (*s == '*')
2354 s++;
2355 else
2356 break;
2357 }
2358 else if (*s == '*')
2359 break;
2360 name = s;
2361
2362 name = s;
2363 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2364 s += 1;
2365 c = *s;
2366 *s = 0x00;
2367 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2368 cmpltr = 1;
2369 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2370 cmpltr = 2;
2371 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2372 cmpltr = 3;
2373 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2374 cmpltr = 4;
2375 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2376 cmpltr = 5;
2377 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2378 cmpltr = 6;
2379 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2380 cmpltr = 7;
2381 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2382 {
2383 cmpltr = 0;
2384 flag = 1;
2385 }
2386 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2387 {
2388 cmpltr = 1;
2389 flag = 1;
2390 }
2391 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2392 {
2393 cmpltr = 2;
2394 flag = 1;
2395 }
2396 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2397 {
2398 cmpltr = 3;
2399 flag = 1;
2400 }
2401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2402 {
2403 cmpltr = 4;
2404 flag = 1;
2405 }
2406 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2407 {
2408 cmpltr = 5;
2409 flag = 1;
2410 }
2411 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2412 {
2413 cmpltr = 6;
2414 flag = 1;
2415 }
2416 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2417 {
2418 cmpltr = 7;
2419 flag = 1;
2420 }
2421 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2422 else if (*args == 'a')
2423 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2424 *s = c;
2425 }
2426 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2427 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2428
2429 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2430 case 'd':
2431 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2432 if (cmpltr < 0)
2433 {
2434 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2435 cmpltr = 0;
2436 }
2437 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2438
2439 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2440 case 'W':
2441 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2442 if (cmpltr < 0)
2443 {
2444 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2445 cmpltr = 0;
2446 }
2447 else
2448 {
2449 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2450 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2451 }
2452 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2453
2454 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2455 condition. */
2456 case '@':
2457 save_s = s;
2458 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2459 if (cmpltr < 0)
2460 {
2461 s = save_s;
2462 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2463 if (cmpltr < 0)
2464 {
2465 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2466 cmpltr = 0;
2467 }
2468 else
2469 {
2470 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2471 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2472 }
2473 }
2474 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2475
2476 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2477 case 'B':
2478 case 'b':
2479 cmpltr = 0;
2480 if (*s == ',')
2481 {
2482 s++;
2483
2484 if (*args == 'B')
2485 {
2486 if (*s == '*')
2487 s++;
2488 else
2489 break;
2490 }
2491 else if (*s == '*')
2492 break;
2493
2494 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2495 {
2496 cmpltr = 0;
2497 s++;
2498 }
2499 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2500 {
2501 cmpltr = 1;
2502 s += 2;
2503 }
2504 else
2505 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2506 }
2507 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2508
2509 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2510 case 'S':
2511 case 's':
2512 cmpltr = 0;
2513 flag = 0;
2514 if (*s == ',')
2515 {
2516 s++;
2517
2518 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2519 if (*args == 'S')
2520 {
2521 if (*s == '*')
2522 s++;
2523 else
2524 break;
2525 }
2526 else if (*s == '*')
2527 break;
2528 name = s;
2529
2530 name = s;
2531 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2532 s += 1;
2533 c = *s;
2534 *s = 0x00;
2535 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2536 cmpltr = 1;
2537 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2538 cmpltr = 2;
2539 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2540 cmpltr = 3;
2541 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2542 cmpltr = 4;
2543 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2544 cmpltr = 5;
2545 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2546 cmpltr = 6;
2547 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2548 cmpltr = 7;
2549 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2550 {
2551 cmpltr = 0;
2552 flag = 1;
2553 }
2554 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2555 {
2556 cmpltr = 1;
2557 flag = 1;
2558 }
2559 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2560 {
2561 cmpltr = 2;
2562 flag = 1;
2563 }
2564 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2565 {
2566 cmpltr = 3;
2567 flag = 1;
2568 }
2569 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2570 {
2571 cmpltr = 4;
2572 flag = 1;
2573 }
2574 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2575 {
2576 cmpltr = 5;
2577 flag = 1;
2578 }
2579 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2580 {
2581 cmpltr = 6;
2582 flag = 1;
2583 }
2584 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2585 {
2586 cmpltr = 7;
2587 flag = 1;
2588 }
2589 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2590 else if (*args != 'S')
2591 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2592 name);
2593 *s = c;
2594 }
2595 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2596 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2597
2598 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2599 case 't':
2600 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2601 if (cmpltr < 0)
2602 {
2603 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2604 cmpltr = 0;
2605 }
2606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2607
2608 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2609 case 'n':
2610 save_s = s;
2611 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2612 if (cmpltr < 0)
2613 {
2614 s = save_s;
2615 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2616 if (cmpltr < 0)
2617 {
2618 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2619 cmpltr = 0;
2620 }
2621 else
2622 {
2623 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2624 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2625 }
2626 }
2627
2628 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2629
2630 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2631 case 'N':
2632 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2633 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2634 {
2635 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2636 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2637 }
2638 else
2639 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2640 break;
2641
2642 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2643
2644 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2645 case 'Q':
2646 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2647 if (cmpltr < 0)
2648 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2649 break;
2650
2651 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2652
2653 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2654 case 'L':
2655 case 'l':
2656 cmpltr = 0;
2657 flag = 0;
2658 if (*s == ',')
2659 {
2660 s++;
2661
2662 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2663 if (*args == 'L')
2664 {
2665 if (*s == '*')
2666 s++;
2667 else
2668 break;
2669 }
2670 else if (*s == '*')
2671 break;
2672
2673 name = s;
2674 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2675 s += 1;
2676 c = *s;
2677 *s = 0x00;
2678
2679 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2680 cmpltr = 1;
2681 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2682 cmpltr = 2;
2683 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2684 cmpltr = 3;
2685 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2686 cmpltr = 7;
2687 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2688 {
2689 cmpltr = 0;
2690 flag = 1;
2691 }
2692 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2693 {
2694 cmpltr = 1;
2695 flag = 1;
2696 }
2697 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2698 {
2699 cmpltr = 2;
2700 flag = 1;
2701 }
2702 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2703 {
2704 cmpltr = 3;
2705 flag = 1;
2706 }
2707 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2708 {
2709 cmpltr = 7;
2710 flag = 1;
2711 }
2712 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2713 else if (*args != 'L')
2714 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2715 *s = c;
2716 }
2717 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2718 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2719
2720 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2721 case 'X':
2722 case 'x':
2723 case 'y':
2724 cmpltr = 0;
2725 if (*s == ',')
2726 {
2727 save_s = s++;
2728
2729 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2730 if (*args == 'X')
2731 {
2732 if (*s == '*')
2733 s++;
2734 else
2735 break;
2736 }
2737 else if (*s == '*')
2738 break;
2739
2740 name = s;
2741 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2742 s += 1;
2743 c = *s;
2744 *s = 0x00;
2745 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2746 cmpltr = 1;
2747 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2748 cmpltr = 2;
2749 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2750 cmpltr = 3;
2751 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2752 cmpltr = 4;
2753 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2754 cmpltr = 5;
2755 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2756 cmpltr = 6;
2757 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2758 cmpltr = 7;
2759 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2760 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2761 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2762 {
2763 *s = c;
2764 s = save_s;
2765 continue;
2766 }
2767 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2768 else if (*args != 'X')
2769 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2770 *s = c;
2771 }
2772 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2773
2774 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2775 case 'U':
2776 case 'u':
2777 cmpltr = 0;
2778 flag = 0;
2779 if (*s == ',')
2780 {
2781 s++;
2782
2783 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2784 if (*args == 'U')
2785 {
2786 if (*s == '*')
2787 s++;
2788 else
2789 break;
2790 }
2791 else if (*s == '*')
2792 break;
2793
2794 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2795 {
2796 cmpltr = 2;
2797 s += 3;
2798 }
2799 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2800 {
2801 cmpltr = 3;
2802 s += 3;
2803 }
2804 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2805 {
2806 cmpltr = 4;
2807 s += 3;
2808 }
2809 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2810 {
2811 cmpltr = 6;
2812 s += 3;
2813 }
2814 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 7;
2817 s += 3;
2818 }
2819 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2820 {
2821 cmpltr = 0;
2822 flag = 1;
2823 s += 2;
2824 }
2825 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2826 {
2827 cmpltr = 2;
2828 flag = 1;
2829 s += 3;
2830 }
2831 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2832 {
2833 cmpltr = 3;
2834 flag = 1;
2835 s += 3;
2836 }
2837 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2838 {
2839 cmpltr = 4;
2840 flag = 1;
2841 s += 3;
2842 }
2843 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2844 {
2845 cmpltr = 6;
2846 flag = 1;
2847 s += 3;
2848 }
2849 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2850 {
2851 cmpltr = 7;
2852 flag = 1;
2853 s += 3;
2854 }
2855 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2856 {
2857 cmpltr = 1;
2858 flag = 0;
2859 s += 3;
2860 }
2861 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2862 {
2863 cmpltr = 5;
2864 flag = 0;
2865 s += 3;
2866 }
2867 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2868 {
2869 cmpltr = 1;
2870 flag = 1;
2871 s += 3;
2872 }
2873 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2874 {
2875 cmpltr = 5;
2876 flag = 1;
2877 s += 3;
2878 }
2879 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2880 else if (*args != 'U')
2881 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2882 }
2883 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2884 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2885
2886 default:
2887 abort ();
2888 }
2889 break;
2890 }
2891
2892 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2893 case 'n':
2894 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2895 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2896
2897 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2898 case 'N':
2899 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2900 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2901
2902 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2903 case 'L':
2904 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2905 s += 4;
2906 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2907 s += 4;
2908 else
2909 break;
2910 continue;
2911
2912 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2913 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2914 case 'h':
2915 get_expression (s);
2916 s = expr_end;
2917 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2918 {
2919 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2920 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2921 num++;
2922 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2923 }
2924 else
2925 break;
2926
2927 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2928 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2929 case 'm':
2930 get_expression (s);
2931 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2932 {
2933 s = expr_end;
2934 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2935 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2936 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2937 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2938 }
2939 else
2940 break;
2941
2942 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2943 case '=':
2944 {
2945 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2946 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2947 }
2948
2949 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2950 case 'i':
2951 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2952 get_expression (s);
2953 s = expr_end;
2954 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2955 {
2956 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2957 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2958 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2959 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2960 }
2961 else
2962 {
2963 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2964 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2965 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2966 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2967 else
2968 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2969 the_insn.format = 11;
2970 continue;
2971 }
2972
2973 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2974 case 'J':
2975 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2976 get_expression (s);
2977 s = expr_end;
2978 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2979 {
2980 int mb;
2981
2982 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2983 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2984 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2985 good to rethink this. */
2986 mb = opcode & 1;
2987 opcode -= mb;
2988 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2989 if (mb != (num < 0))
2990 break;
2991 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2992 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2993 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2994 }
2995 break;
2996
2997 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2998 case 'K':
2999 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3000 get_expression (s);
3001 s = expr_end;
3002 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3003 {
3004 int mb;
3005
3006 mb = opcode & 1;
3007 opcode -= mb;
3008 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3009 if (mb == (num < 0))
3010 break;
3011 if (num % 4)
3012 break;
3013 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3014 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3015 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3016 }
3017 break;
3018
3019 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3020 case '<':
3021 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3022 get_expression (s);
3023 s = expr_end;
3024 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3025 {
3026 int mb;
3027
3028 mb = opcode & 1;
3029 opcode -= mb;
3030 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3031 if (mb != (num < 0))
3032 break;
3033 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3034 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3035 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3036 }
3037 break;
3038
3039 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3040 case '>':
3041 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3042 get_expression (s);
3043 s = expr_end;
3044 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3045 {
3046 int mb;
3047
3048 mb = opcode & 1;
3049 opcode -= mb;
3050 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3051 if (mb == (num < 0))
3052 break;
3053 if (num % 4)
3054 break;
3055 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3056 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3057 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3058 }
3059 break;
3060
3061 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3062 case '#':
3063 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3064 get_expression (s);
3065 s = expr_end;
3066 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3067 {
3068 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3069 if (num & 0x7)
3070 break;
3071 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3072 if (num < 0)
3073 opcode |= 1;
3074 num &= 0x1fff;
3075 num >>= 3;
3076 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3077 }
3078 else
3079 {
3080 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3081 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3082 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3083 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3084 else
3085 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3086 the_insn.format = 14;
3087 continue;
3088 }
3089 break;
3090
3091 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3092 case 'd':
3093 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3094 get_expression (s);
3095 s = expr_end;
3096 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3097 {
3098 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3099 if (num & 0x3)
3100 break;
3101 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3102 if (num < 0)
3103 opcode |= 1;
3104 num &= 0x1fff;
3105 num >>= 2;
3106 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3107 }
3108 else
3109 {
3110 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3111 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3112 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3113 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3114 else
3115 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3116 the_insn.format = 14;
3117 continue;
3118 }
3119
3120 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3121 case 'j':
3122 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3123 get_expression (s);
3124 s = expr_end;
3125 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3126 {
3127 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3128 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3129 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3130 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3131 }
3132 else
3133 {
3134 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3135 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3136 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3137 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3138 else
3139 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3140 the_insn.format = 14;
3141 continue;
3142 }
3143
3144 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3145 case 'k':
3146 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3147 get_expression (s);
3148 s = expr_end;
3149 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3150 {
3151 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3152 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3153 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3154 continue;
3155 }
3156 else
3157 {
3158 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3159 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3160 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3161 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3162 else
3163 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3164 the_insn.format = 21;
3165 continue;
3166 }
3167
3168 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3169 case 'l':
3170 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3171 get_expression (s);
3172 s = expr_end;
3173 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3174 {
3175 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3176 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3177 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3178 continue;
3179 }
3180 else
3181 {
3182 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3183 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3184 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3185 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3186 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3187 else
3188 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3189 the_insn.format = 14;
3190 continue;
3191 }
3192
3193 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3194 case 'y':
3195 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3196 get_expression (s);
3197 s = expr_end;
3198 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3199 {
3200 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3201 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3202 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3203 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3204 continue;
3205 }
3206 else
3207 {
3208 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3209 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3210 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3211 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3212 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3213 else
3214 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3215 the_insn.format = 14;
3216 continue;
3217 }
3218
3219 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3220 case '&':
3221 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3222 get_expression (s);
3223 s = expr_end;
3224 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3225 {
3226 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3227 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3228 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3229 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3230 continue;
3231 }
3232 else
3233 {
3234 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3235 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3236 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3237 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3238 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3239 else
3240 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3241 the_insn.format = 14;
3242 continue;
3243 }
3244
3245 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3246 case 'w':
3247 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3248 get_expression (s);
3249 s = expr_end;
3250 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3251 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3252 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3253 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3254 {
3255 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3256 if (num % 4)
3257 {
3258 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3259 break;
3260 }
3261 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3262 num -= 8;
3263 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3264 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3265 continue;
3266 }
3267 else
3268 {
3269 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3270 the_insn.format = 12;
3271 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3272 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3273 s = expr_end;
3274 continue;
3275 }
3276
3277 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3278 case 'W':
3279 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3280 get_expression (s);
3281 s = expr_end;
3282 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3283 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3284 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3285 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3286 {
3287 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3288 if (num % 4)
3289 {
3290 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3291 break;
3292 }
3293 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3294 num -= 8;
3295 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3296 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3297 continue;
3298 }
3299 else
3300 {
3301 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3302 the_insn.format = 17;
3303 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3304 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3305 continue;
3306 }
3307
3308 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3309 case 'X':
3310 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3311 get_expression (s);
3312 s = expr_end;
3313 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3314 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3315 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3316 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3317 {
3318 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3319 if (num % 4)
3320 {
3321 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3322 break;
3323 }
3324 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3325 num -= 8;
3326 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3327 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3328 }
3329 else
3330 {
3331 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3332 the_insn.format = 22;
3333 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3334 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3335 continue;
3336 }
3337
3338 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3339 case 'z':
3340 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3341 get_expression (s);
3342 s = expr_end;
3343 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3344 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3345 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3346 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3347 {
3348 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3349 if (num % 4)
3350 {
3351 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3352 break;
3353 }
3354 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3355 num -= 8;
3356 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3357 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3358 continue;
3359 }
3360 else
3361 {
3362 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3363 the_insn.format = 17;
3364 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3365 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3366 continue;
3367 }
3368
3369 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3370 case 'Z':
3371 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3372 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3373 {
3374 s += 4;
3375 continue;
3376 }
3377 else
3378 break;
3379
3380 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3381 case 'Y':
3382 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3383 break;
3384 s += 9;
3385 continue;
3386
3387 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3388 case '@':
3389 if (*s != '0')
3390 break;
3391 s++;
3392 continue;
3393
3394 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3395 case '.':
3396 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3397 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3398 break;
3399 s = expr_end;
3400 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3401 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3402
3403 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3404 case '*':
3405 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3406 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3407 break;
3408 s = expr_end;
3409 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3410 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3411
3412 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3413 case 'p':
3414 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3415 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3416 break;
3417 s = expr_end;
3418 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3420
3421 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3422 case '~':
3423 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3424 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3425 break;
3426 s = expr_end;
3427 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3428 num = 63 - num;
3429 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3430 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3431
3432 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3433 case '%':
3434 flag = 0;
3435 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3436 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3437 break;
3438 s = expr_end;
3439 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3440 num--;
3441 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3442 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3443 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3444
3445 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3446 case '|':
3447 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3448 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3449 break;
3450 s = expr_end;
3451 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3452 num--;
3453 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3454 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3455 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3456
3457 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3458 case 'P':
3459 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3460 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3461 break;
3462 s = expr_end;
3463 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3464 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3465
3466 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3467 case 'q':
3468 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3469 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3470 break;
3471 s = expr_end;
3472 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3473 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3474 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3475
3476 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3477 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3478 case 'B':
3479 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3480 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3481 break;
3482 s = expr_end;
3483 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3484 if (num & 0x20)
3485 ;
3486 else
3487 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3488 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3489
3490 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3491 case 'Q':
3492 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3493 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3494 break;
3495 s = expr_end;
3496 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3497 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3498
3499 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3500 case '$':
3501 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3502 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3503 break;
3504 s = expr_end;
3505 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3506 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3507
3508 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3509 case 'A':
3510 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3511 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3512 break;
3513 s = expr_end;
3514 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3515 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3516
3517 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3518 case 'D':
3519 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3520 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3521 break;
3522 s = expr_end;
3523 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3524 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3525
3526 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3527 case 'v':
3528 if (*s++ != ',')
3529 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3530 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3531 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3532 break;
3533 s = expr_end;
3534 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3535 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3536
3537 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3538 case 'O':
3539 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3540 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3541 break;
3542 s = expr_end;
3543 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3544 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3545 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3546
3547 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3548 case 'o':
3549 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3550 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3551 break;
3552 s = expr_end;
3553 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3554 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3555
3556 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3557 case '0':
3558 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3559 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3560 break;
3561 s = expr_end;
3562 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3563 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3564 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3565
3566 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3567 case '1':
3568 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3569 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3570 break;
3571 s = expr_end;
3572 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3573 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3574 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3575
3576 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3577 case 'u':
3578 if (*s++ != ',')
3579 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3580 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3581 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3582 break;
3583 s = expr_end;
3584 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3585 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3586
3587 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3588 case '2':
3589 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3590 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3591 break;
3592 s = expr_end;
3593 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3594 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3595 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3596
3597 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3598 case '{':
3599 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3600 {
3601 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3602 s += 2;
3603 }
3604 else
3605 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3606 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3607 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3608 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3609 flag = SGL;
3610 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3611 flag = DBL;
3612 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3613 flag = QUAD;
3614 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3615
3616 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3617 case '_':
3618 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3619 s--;
3620 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3621 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3622 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3623 flag = SGL;
3624 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3625 flag = DBL;
3626 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3627 flag = QUAD;
3628 opcode |= flag << 13;
3629 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3630 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3631 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3632 {
3633 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3634 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3635 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3636 flag = 0;
3637 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3638 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3639 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3640 flag = 2;
3641 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3642 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3643 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3644 flag = 6;
3645 else
3646 abort ();
3647 }
3648 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3649 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3650 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3651 {
3652 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3653 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3654 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3655 flag = 1;
3656 else
3657 abort ();
3658 }
3659 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3660 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3661 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3662 {
3663 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3664 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3665 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3666 flag = 5;
3667 else
3668 abort ();
3669 }
3670 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3671 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3672
3673 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3674 case 'F':
3675 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3676 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3678
3679 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3680 case 'G':
3681 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3682 s--;
3683 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3684 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3686
3687 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3688 case 'I':
3689 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3690 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3691 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3692
3693 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3694 Only allows single and double precision. */
3695 case 'H':
3696 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3697 switch (flag)
3698 {
3699 case SGL:
3700 opcode |= 0x20;
3701 case DBL:
3702 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3703 continue;
3704
3705 case QUAD:
3706 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3707 default:
3708 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3709 }
3710 break;
3711
3712 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3713 case 'f':
3714 switch (*++args)
3715 {
3716 /* Float target register. */
3717 case 't':
3718 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3719 break;
3720 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3721 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3722 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3723
3724 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3725 case 'T':
3726 {
3727 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3728 break;
3729 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3730 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3731 opcode |= num;
3732
3733 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3734 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3735 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3736 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3737 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3738 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3739
3740 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3741 continue;
3742 }
3743
3744 /* Float operand 1. */
3745 case 'a':
3746 {
3747 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3748 break;
3749 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3750 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3751 opcode |= num << 21;
3752 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3753 {
3754 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3755 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3756 }
3757 continue;
3758 }
3759
3760 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3761 case 'X':
3762 case 'A':
3763 {
3764 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3765 break;
3766 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3767 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3768 opcode |= num << 21;
3769 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3770 continue;
3771 }
3772
3773 /* Float operand 2. */
3774 case 'b':
3775 {
3776 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3777 break;
3778 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3779 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3780 opcode |= num << 16;
3781 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3782 {
3783 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3784 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3785 }
3786 continue;
3787 }
3788
3789 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3790 case 'B':
3791 {
3792 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3793 break;
3794 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3795 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3796 opcode |= num << 16;
3797 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3798 continue;
3799 }
3800
3801 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3802 case 'C':
3803 {
3804 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3805 break;
3806 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3807 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3808 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3809 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3810 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3811 continue;
3812 }
3813
3814 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3815 case 'i':
3816 {
3817 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3818 break;
3819 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3820 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3821 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3822 {
3823 if (num < 16)
3824 {
3825 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3826 break;
3827 }
3828 num &= 0xF;
3829 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3830 }
3831 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3832 }
3833
3834 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3835 case 'j':
3836 {
3837 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3838 break;
3839 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3840 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3841 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3842 {
3843 if (num < 16)
3844 {
3845 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3846 break;
3847 }
3848 num &= 0xF;
3849 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3850 }
3851 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3852 }
3853
3854 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3855 case 'k':
3856 {
3857 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3858 break;
3859 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3860 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3861 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3862 {
3863 if (num < 16)
3864 {
3865 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3866 break;
3867 }
3868 num &= 0xF;
3869 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3870 }
3871 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3872 }
3873
3874 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3875 case 'l':
3876 {
3877 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3878 break;
3879 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3880 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3881 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3882 {
3883 if (num < 16)
3884 {
3885 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3886 break;
3887 }
3888 num &= 0xF;
3889 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3890 }
3891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3892 }
3893
3894 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3895 case 'm':
3896 {
3897 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3898 break;
3899 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3900 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3901 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3902 {
3903 if (num < 16)
3904 {
3905 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3906 break;
3907 }
3908 num &= 0xF;
3909 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3910 }
3911 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3912 }
3913
3914 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3915 case 'E':
3916 case 'e':
3917 {
3918 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3919 break;
3920 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3921 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3922 opcode |= num << 16;
3923 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3924 {
3925 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3926 }
3927 continue;
3928 }
3929
3930 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3931 case 'x':
3932 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3933 break;
3934 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3935 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3936 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3937
3938 default:
3939 abort ();
3940 }
3941 break;
3942
3943 default:
3944 abort ();
3945 }
3946 break;
3947 }
3948
3949 failed:
3950 /* Check if the args matched. */
3951 if (!match)
3952 {
3953 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3954 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3955 {
3956 ++insn;
3957 s = argstart;
3958 continue;
3959 }
3960 else
3961 {
3962 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3963 return;
3964 }
3965 }
3966 break;
3967 }
3968
3969 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3970 }
3971
3972 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3973 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3974 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3975
3976 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3977
3978 char *
3979 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3980 char type;
3981 char *litP;
3982 int *sizeP;
3983 {
3984 int prec;
3985 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3986 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3987 char *t;
3988
3989 switch (type)
3990 {
3991
3992 case 'f':
3993 case 'F':
3994 case 's':
3995 case 'S':
3996 prec = 2;
3997 break;
3998
3999 case 'd':
4000 case 'D':
4001 case 'r':
4002 case 'R':
4003 prec = 4;
4004 break;
4005
4006 case 'x':
4007 case 'X':
4008 prec = 6;
4009 break;
4010
4011 case 'p':
4012 case 'P':
4013 prec = 6;
4014 break;
4015
4016 default:
4017 *sizeP = 0;
4018 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4019 }
4020 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4021 if (t)
4022 input_line_pointer = t;
4023 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4024 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4025 {
4026 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4027 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4028 }
4029 return NULL;
4030 }
4031
4032 /* Write out big-endian. */
4033
4034 void
4035 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4036 char *buf;
4037 valueT val;
4038 int n;
4039 {
4040 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4041 }
4042
4043 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4044 format. */
4045
4046 arelent **
4047 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4048 asection *section;
4049 fixS *fixp;
4050 {
4051 arelent *reloc;
4052 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4053 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4054 arelent **relocs;
4055 reloc_type **codes;
4056 reloc_type code;
4057 int n_relocs;
4058 int i;
4059
4060 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4061 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4062 return &no_relocs;
4063
4064 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4065 assert (section != 0);
4066
4067 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4068
4069 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4070 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4071 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4072 fixp->fx_r_type,
4073 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4074 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4075 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4076 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4077
4078 if (codes == NULL)
4079 {
4080 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4081 abort ();
4082 }
4083
4084 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4085 ;
4086
4087 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4088 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4089 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4090 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4091
4092 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4093
4094 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4095 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4096 {
4097 default:
4098 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4099
4100 code = *codes[0];
4101
4102 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4103 switch (code)
4104 {
4105 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4106 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4107 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4108 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4109 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4110 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4111 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4112 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4113 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4114 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4115
4116 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4117 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4118 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4119 reloc->addend = 0;
4120 break;
4121
4122 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4123 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4124 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4125 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4126 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4127 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4128 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4129 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4130 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4131 fixp->fx_offset);
4132 break;
4133 #endif
4134
4135 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4136 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4137 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4138 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4139 /* Fall thru */
4140
4141 default:
4142 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4143 break;
4144 }
4145
4146 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4147 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4148 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4149 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4150 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4151
4152 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4153 break;
4154 }
4155 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4156
4157 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4158 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4159 {
4160 code = *codes[i];
4161
4162 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4163 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4164 relocs[i]->howto =
4165 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4166 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4167 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4168
4169 switch (code)
4170 {
4171 case R_COMP2:
4172 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4173 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4174 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4175 assert (i == 1);
4176 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4177 relocs[0]->howto =
4178 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4179 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4180 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4181 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4182 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4183 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4184 relocs[1]->howto =
4185 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4186 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4187 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4188 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4189 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4190 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4191 relocs[2]->howto =
4192 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4193 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4194 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4195 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4196 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4197 relocs[3]->howto =
4198 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4199 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4200 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4201 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4202 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4203 relocs[4]->howto =
4204 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4205 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4206 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4207 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4208 goto done;
4209 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4210 case R_ABS_CALL:
4211 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4212 break;
4213
4214 case R_DLT_REL:
4215 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4216 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4217 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4218 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4219 (static link required).
4220
4221 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4222
4223 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4224 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4225 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4226 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4227 break;
4228
4229 case R_N_MODE:
4230 case R_S_MODE:
4231 case R_D_MODE:
4232 case R_R_MODE:
4233 case R_FSEL:
4234 case R_LSEL:
4235 case R_RSEL:
4236 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4237 case R_END_BRTAB:
4238 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4239 case R_N0SEL:
4240 case R_N1SEL:
4241 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4242 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4243 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4244 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4245 break;
4246
4247 case R_END_TRY:
4248 case R_ENTRY:
4249 case R_EXIT:
4250 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4251 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4252 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4253 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4254 break;
4255
4256 default:
4257 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4258 }
4259 }
4260
4261 done:
4262 #endif
4263
4264 return relocs;
4265 }
4266
4267 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4268
4269 void
4270 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4271 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4272 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4273 register fragS *fragP;
4274 {
4275 unsigned int address;
4276
4277 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4278 {
4279 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4280 {
4281 case 0:
4282 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4283 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4284 know (fragP->fr_next);
4285 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4286 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4287 {
4288 fragP->fr_offset =
4289 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4290 - fragP->fr_address
4291 - fragP->fr_fix;
4292 }
4293 else
4294 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4295 break;
4296 }
4297 }
4298 }
4299
4300 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4301
4302 valueT
4303 md_section_align (segment, size)
4304 asection *segment;
4305 valueT size;
4306 {
4307 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4308 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4309
4310 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4311 }
4312
4313 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4314 int
4315 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4316 register fragS *fragP;
4317 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4318 {
4319 int size;
4320
4321 size = 0;
4322
4323 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4324 size++;
4325
4326 return size;
4327 }
4328 \f
4329 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4330 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4331 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4332 # else
4333 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4334 # endif
4335 #else
4336 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4337 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4338 # else
4339 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4340 # endif
4341 #endif
4342
4343 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4344 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4345 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4346 #endif
4347 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4348 };
4349 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4350
4351 int
4352 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4353 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4354 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4355 {
4356 switch (c)
4357 {
4358 default:
4359 return 0;
4360
4361 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4362 case 'V':
4363 print_version_id ();
4364 break;
4365 #endif
4366 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4367 case 'c':
4368 warn_comment = 1;
4369 break;
4370 #endif
4371 }
4372
4373 return 1;
4374 }
4375
4376 void
4377 md_show_usage (stream)
4378 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4379 {
4380 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4381 fprintf (stream, _("\
4382 -Q ignored\n"));
4383 #endif
4384 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4385 fprintf (stream, _("\
4386 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4387 #endif
4388 }
4389 \f
4390 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4391
4392 symbolS *
4393 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4394 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4395 {
4396 return 0;
4397 }
4398
4399 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4400 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4401 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4402 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4403 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4404 #else
4405 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4406 #endif
4407
4408 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4409
4410 void
4411 md_apply_fix3 (fixP, valP, seg)
4412 fixS *fixP;
4413 valueT *valP;
4414 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4415 {
4416 unsigned char *buf;
4417 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4418 offsetT new_val;
4419 int insn, val, fmt;
4420
4421 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4422 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4423 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4424 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4425 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4426 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4427 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4428 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4429 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4430 return;
4431
4432 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4433 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4434 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4435 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4436 {
4437 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4438 return;
4439 }
4440 #endif
4441 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4442 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4443 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4444 return;
4445 #endif
4446
4447 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4448 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4449
4450 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4451 with the GAS fixup. */
4452 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4453 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4454 {
4455 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4456 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4457 fixP->fx_r_type);
4458 return;
4459 }
4460
4461 buf = (unsigned char *) (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where);
4462 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4463 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4464
4465 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4466 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4467 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4468 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4469 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4470 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4471 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4472 && fmt != 32
4473 #endif
4474 )
4475 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4476 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4477 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4478 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4479 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4480 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4481 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4482 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4483 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4484 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4485 #endif
4486 else
4487 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4488
4489 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4490 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4491 && fixP->fx_addsy
4492 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4493 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4494 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4495 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4496 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4497 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4498 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4499 #endif
4500 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4501 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4502 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4503 #endif
4504 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4505 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4506 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4507 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4508 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4509 {
4510 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4511 }
4512
4513 switch (fmt)
4514 {
4515 case 10:
4516 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4517 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4518 val = new_val;
4519
4520 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4521 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4522 break;
4523 case -11:
4524 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4525 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4526 val = new_val;
4527
4528 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4529 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4530 break;
4531 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4532 case 14:
4533 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4534 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4535 val = new_val;
4536
4537 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4538 break;
4539
4540 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4541 case 21:
4542 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4543 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4544 val = new_val;
4545
4546 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4547 break;
4548
4549 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4550 case 11:
4551 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4552 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4553 val = new_val;
4554
4555 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4556 break;
4557
4558 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4559 case 12:
4560 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4561 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4562 val = new_val - 8;
4563
4564 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4565 break;
4566
4567 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4568 case 17:
4569 {
4570 offsetT distance = * valP;
4571
4572 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4573 range target, then we want to complain. */
4574 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4575 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4576 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4577 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4578
4579 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4580 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4581 val = new_val - 8;
4582
4583 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4584 break;
4585 }
4586
4587 case 22:
4588 {
4589 offsetT distance = * valP;
4590
4591 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4592 range target, then we want to complain. */
4593 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4594 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4595 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4596 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4597
4598 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4599 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4600 val = new_val - 8;
4601
4602 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4603 break;
4604 }
4605
4606 case -10:
4607 val = new_val;
4608 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4609 break;
4610
4611 case -16:
4612 val = new_val;
4613 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4614 break;
4615
4616 case 16:
4617 val = new_val;
4618 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4619 break;
4620
4621 case 32:
4622 insn = new_val;
4623 break;
4624
4625 default:
4626 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4627 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4628 return;
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Insert the relocation. */
4632 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4633 }
4634
4635 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4636 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4637
4638 long
4639 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4640 fixS *fixP;
4641 {
4642 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4643 }
4644
4645 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4646 a statement. */
4647
4648 static int
4649 is_end_of_statement ()
4650 {
4651 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4652 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4653 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4654 }
4655
4656 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4657 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4658 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4659
4660 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4661 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4662 returned in `pa_number'.
4663
4664 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4665 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4666 not set.
4667
4668 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4669 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4670
4671 static int
4672 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4673 char **s;
4674 int is_float;
4675 {
4676 int num;
4677 char *name;
4678 char c;
4679 symbolS *sym;
4680 int status;
4681 char *p = *s;
4682 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
4683
4684 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4685 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4686 p = p + 1;
4687
4688 pa_number = -1;
4689 have_prefix = 0;
4690 num = 0;
4691 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4692 {
4693 /* Looks like a number. */
4694
4695 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4696 {
4697 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4698 p += 2;
4699 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4700 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4701 {
4702 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4703 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4704 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4705 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4706 else
4707 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4708 ++p;
4709 }
4710 }
4711 else
4712 {
4713 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4714 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4715 {
4716 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4717 ++p;
4718 }
4719 }
4720
4721 pa_number = num;
4722
4723 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4724 if (is_float)
4725 {
4726 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4727 if (! (is_float & 2))
4728 {
4729 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4730 {
4731 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4732 ++p;
4733 }
4734 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4735 {
4736 ++p;
4737 }
4738 }
4739 }
4740 }
4741 else if (*p == '%')
4742 {
4743 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4744 have_prefix = 1;
4745 name = p;
4746 p++;
4747 c = *p;
4748 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4749 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4750 slow. */
4751 if (c == 'r')
4752 {
4753 p++;
4754 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4755 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4756 {
4757 p += 2;
4758 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4759 p++;
4760 }
4761 else if (*p == 'p')
4762 {
4763 num = 2;
4764 p++;
4765 }
4766 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4767 {
4768 if (print_errors)
4769 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4770 num = -1;
4771 }
4772 else
4773 {
4774 do
4775 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4776 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4777 }
4778 }
4779 else
4780 {
4781 /* Do a normal register search. */
4782 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4783 {
4784 p = p + 1;
4785 c = *p;
4786 }
4787 *p = 0;
4788 status = reg_name_search (name);
4789 if (status >= 0)
4790 num = status;
4791 else
4792 {
4793 if (print_errors)
4794 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4795 num = -1;
4796 }
4797 *p = c;
4798 }
4799
4800 pa_number = num;
4801 }
4802 else
4803 {
4804 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4805 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4806 name = p;
4807 c = *p;
4808 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4809 {
4810 p = p + 1;
4811 c = *p;
4812 }
4813 *p = 0;
4814 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4815 {
4816 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4817 {
4818 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4819 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4820 register, so... */
4821 have_prefix = TRUE;
4822 }
4823 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4824 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4825 else if (!strict)
4826 {
4827 if (print_errors)
4828 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4829 num = -1;
4830 }
4831 }
4832 else if (!strict)
4833 {
4834 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4835 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4836 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4837 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4838 if (*name == 0)
4839 num = 0;
4840 else
4841 {
4842 if (print_errors)
4843 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4844 num = -1;
4845 }
4846 }
4847 *p = c;
4848
4849 pa_number = num;
4850 }
4851
4852 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4853 {
4854 *s = p;
4855 return 1;
4856 }
4857 return 0;
4858 }
4859
4860 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4861
4862 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4863 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4864
4865 static int
4866 reg_name_search (name)
4867 char *name;
4868 {
4869 int middle, low, high;
4870 int cmp;
4871
4872 low = 0;
4873 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4874
4875 do
4876 {
4877 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4878 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4879 if (cmp < 0)
4880 high = middle - 1;
4881 else if (cmp > 0)
4882 low = middle + 1;
4883 else
4884 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4885 }
4886 while (low <= high);
4887
4888 return -1;
4889 }
4890
4891 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4892 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4893
4894 static int
4895 need_pa11_opcode ()
4896 {
4897 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4898 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4899 {
4900 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4901 then set a new architecture. */
4902 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4903 {
4904 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4905 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4906 }
4907 return TRUE;
4908 }
4909 else
4910 return FALSE;
4911 }
4912
4913 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4914 code associated with the condition. */
4915
4916 static int
4917 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4918 char **s;
4919 {
4920 int cond, i;
4921
4922 cond = 0;
4923
4924 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4925 {
4926 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4927 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4928 {
4929 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4930 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4931 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4932 report an error. */
4933 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4934 {
4935 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4936 break;
4937 }
4938 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4939 *s = *s + 1;
4940 return cond;
4941 }
4942 }
4943
4944 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4945
4946 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4947 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4948 *s += 1;
4949
4950 return 0;
4951 }
4952
4953 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4954
4955 static int
4956 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4957 char **s;
4958 {
4959 int value;
4960
4961 value = 0;
4962 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4963 {
4964 value = 5;
4965 *s += 4;
4966 }
4967 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4968 {
4969 value = 9;
4970 *s += 4;
4971 }
4972 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4973 {
4974 value = 13;
4975 *s += 4;
4976 }
4977 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4978 {
4979 value = 17;
4980 *s += 4;
4981 }
4982 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4983 {
4984 value = 1;
4985 *s += 3;
4986 }
4987 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4988 {
4989 value = 6;
4990 *s += 4;
4991 }
4992 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4993 {
4994 value = 2;
4995 *s += 3;
4996 }
4997 else
4998 {
4999 value = 0;
5000 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5001 }
5002
5003 return value;
5004 }
5005
5006 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5007 type. */
5008
5009 static fp_operand_format
5010 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5011 char **s;
5012 {
5013 int format;
5014
5015 format = SGL;
5016 if (**s == ',')
5017 {
5018 *s += 1;
5019 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5020 {
5021 format = SGL;
5022 *s += 4;
5023 }
5024 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5025 {
5026 format = DBL;
5027 *s += 4;
5028 }
5029 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5030 {
5031 format = QUAD;
5032 *s += 5;
5033 }
5034 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5035 {
5036 format = W;
5037 *s += 2;
5038 }
5039 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5040 {
5041 format = UW;
5042 *s += 3;
5043 }
5044 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5045 {
5046 format = DW;
5047 *s += 3;
5048 }
5049 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5050 {
5051 format = UDW;
5052 *s += 4;
5053 }
5054 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5055 {
5056 format = QW;
5057 *s += 3;
5058 }
5059 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5060 {
5061 format = UQW;
5062 *s += 4;
5063 }
5064 else
5065 {
5066 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5067 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5068 }
5069 }
5070
5071 return format;
5072 }
5073
5074 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5075 type. */
5076
5077 static fp_operand_format
5078 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5079 char **s;
5080 {
5081 int format;
5082
5083 format = SGL;
5084 if (**s == ',')
5085 {
5086 *s += 1;
5087 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5088 {
5089 format = SGL;
5090 *s += 4;
5091 }
5092 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5093 {
5094 format = DBL;
5095 *s += 4;
5096 }
5097 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5098 {
5099 format = QUAD;
5100 *s += 5;
5101 }
5102 else
5103 {
5104 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5105 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5106 }
5107 }
5108
5109 return format;
5110 }
5111
5112 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5113
5114 static int
5115 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5116 char **str;
5117 {
5118 int middle, low, high;
5119 int cmp;
5120 char name[4];
5121
5122 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5123 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5124 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5125 *str = *str + 1;
5126
5127 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5128 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5129 name[1] = 0;
5130 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5131 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5132 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5133 name[2] = 0;
5134 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5135 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5136 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5137 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5138 name[3] = 0;
5139 else
5140 return e_fsel;
5141
5142 low = 0;
5143 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5144
5145 do
5146 {
5147 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5148 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5149 if (cmp < 0)
5150 high = middle - 1;
5151 else if (cmp > 0)
5152 low = middle + 1;
5153 else
5154 {
5155 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5156 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5157 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5158 return e_fsel;
5159 #endif
5160 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5161 }
5162 }
5163 while (low <= high);
5164
5165 return e_fsel;
5166 }
5167
5168 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5169
5170 static int
5171 get_expression (str)
5172 char *str;
5173 {
5174 char *save_in;
5175 asection *seg;
5176
5177 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5178 input_line_pointer = str;
5179 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5180 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5181 || seg == undefined_section
5182 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5183 {
5184 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5185 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5186 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5187 return 1;
5188 }
5189 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5190 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5191 return 0;
5192 }
5193
5194 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5195 static int
5196 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5197 struct pa_it *insn;
5198 char **strp;
5199 {
5200 char *save_in;
5201
5202 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5203 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5204 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5205 expression (&insn->exp);
5206 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5207
5208 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5209 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5210 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5211
5212 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5213 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5214 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5215 {
5216 char *s, c;
5217 int retval;
5218
5219 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5220 s = *strp;
5221 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5222 s++;
5223
5224 c = *s;
5225 *s = 0;
5226
5227 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5228
5229 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5230 *s = c;
5231 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5232 }
5233 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5234 and return to our caller. */
5235 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5236 {
5237 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5238 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5239 return 0;
5240 }
5241 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5242 {
5243 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5244 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5245 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5246 return 0;
5247 }
5248 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5249 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5250 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5251 }
5252
5253 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5254 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5255 static int
5256 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5257 struct pa_it *insn;
5258 {
5259 offsetT value;
5260 expressionS exp;
5261 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5262
5263 exp = insn->exp;
5264 value = exp.X_add_number;
5265
5266 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5267 }
5268
5269 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5270 argument location number. */
5271
5272 static unsigned int
5273 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5274 char *type_name;
5275 {
5276
5277 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5278 return 0;
5279 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5280 return 1;
5281 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5282 return 2;
5283 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5284 return 3;
5285 else
5286 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5287
5288 return 0;
5289 }
5290
5291 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5292 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5293
5294 static unsigned int
5295 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5296 unsigned int reg;
5297 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5298 {
5299 unsigned int new_reloc;
5300
5301 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5302 switch (reg)
5303 {
5304 case 0:
5305 new_reloc <<= 8;
5306 break;
5307 case 1:
5308 new_reloc <<= 6;
5309 break;
5310 case 2:
5311 new_reloc <<= 4;
5312 break;
5313 case 3:
5314 new_reloc <<= 2;
5315 break;
5316 default:
5317 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5318 }
5319
5320 return new_reloc;
5321 }
5322
5323 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5324 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5325
5326 static int
5327 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5328 char **s;
5329 {
5330 int nullif;
5331
5332 nullif = 0;
5333 if (**s == ',')
5334 {
5335 *s = *s + 1;
5336 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5337 nullif = 1;
5338 else
5339 {
5340 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5341 nullif = 0;
5342 }
5343 *s = *s + 1;
5344 }
5345
5346 return nullif;
5347 }
5348
5349 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5350 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5351
5352 static int
5353 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5354 char **s;
5355 {
5356 int cmpltr;
5357 char *name = *s + 1;
5358 char c;
5359 char *save_s = *s;
5360 int nullify = 0;
5361
5362 cmpltr = 0;
5363 if (**s == ',')
5364 {
5365 *s += 1;
5366 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5367 *s += 1;
5368 c = **s;
5369 **s = 0x00;
5370
5371 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5372 {
5373 cmpltr = 1;
5374 }
5375 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5376 {
5377 cmpltr = 2;
5378 }
5379 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5380 {
5381 cmpltr = 3;
5382 }
5383 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5384 {
5385 cmpltr = 4;
5386 }
5387 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5388 {
5389 cmpltr = 5;
5390 }
5391 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5392 {
5393 cmpltr = 6;
5394 }
5395 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5396 {
5397 cmpltr = 7;
5398 }
5399 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5400 completer. */
5401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5402 {
5403 cmpltr = 0;
5404 nullify = 1;
5405 }
5406 else
5407 {
5408 cmpltr = -1;
5409 }
5410 **s = c;
5411 }
5412
5413 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5414 if (nullify)
5415 *s = save_s;
5416
5417 return cmpltr;
5418 }
5419
5420 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5421 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5422
5423 static int
5424 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5425 char **s;
5426 {
5427 int cmpltr;
5428 char *name = *s + 1;
5429 char c;
5430 char *save_s = *s;
5431 int nullify = 0;
5432
5433 cmpltr = 0;
5434 if (**s == ',')
5435 {
5436 *s += 1;
5437 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5438 *s += 1;
5439 c = **s;
5440 **s = 0x00;
5441
5442 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5443 {
5444 cmpltr = 0;
5445 }
5446 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5447 {
5448 cmpltr = 1;
5449 }
5450 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5451 {
5452 cmpltr = 2;
5453 }
5454 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5455 {
5456 cmpltr = 3;
5457 }
5458 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5459 {
5460 cmpltr = 4;
5461 }
5462 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5463 {
5464 cmpltr = 5;
5465 }
5466 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5467 {
5468 cmpltr = 6;
5469 }
5470 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5471 {
5472 cmpltr = 7;
5473 }
5474 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5475 completer. */
5476 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5477 {
5478 cmpltr = 0;
5479 nullify = 1;
5480 }
5481 else
5482 {
5483 cmpltr = -1;
5484 }
5485 **s = c;
5486 }
5487
5488 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5489 if (nullify)
5490 *s = save_s;
5491
5492 return cmpltr;
5493 }
5494
5495 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5496 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5497
5498 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5499 returned as 8-15. */
5500
5501 static int
5502 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5503 char **s;
5504 {
5505 int cmpltr;
5506 char *name = *s + 1;
5507 char c;
5508
5509 cmpltr = -1;
5510 if (**s == ',')
5511 {
5512 *s += 1;
5513 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5514 *s += 1;
5515 c = **s;
5516 **s = 0x00;
5517
5518 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5519 {
5520 cmpltr = 0;
5521 }
5522 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5523 {
5524 cmpltr = 1;
5525 }
5526 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5527 {
5528 cmpltr = 2;
5529 }
5530 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5531 {
5532 cmpltr = 3;
5533 }
5534 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5535 {
5536 cmpltr = 4;
5537 }
5538 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5539 {
5540 cmpltr = 5;
5541 }
5542 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5543 {
5544 cmpltr = 6;
5545 }
5546 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5547 {
5548 cmpltr = 7;
5549 }
5550 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5551 {
5552 cmpltr = 8;
5553 }
5554 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5555 {
5556 cmpltr = 9;
5557 }
5558 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5559 {
5560 cmpltr = 10;
5561 }
5562 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5563 {
5564 cmpltr = 11;
5565 }
5566 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5567 {
5568 cmpltr = 12;
5569 }
5570 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5571 {
5572 cmpltr = 13;
5573 }
5574 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5575 {
5576 cmpltr = 14;
5577 }
5578 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5579 {
5580 cmpltr = 15;
5581 }
5582 else
5583 {
5584 cmpltr = -1;
5585 }
5586 **s = c;
5587 }
5588
5589 return cmpltr;
5590 }
5591
5592 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5593 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5594
5595 static int
5596 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5597 char **s;
5598 {
5599 int cmpltr;
5600 char *name = *s + 1;
5601 char c;
5602
5603 cmpltr = -1;
5604 if (**s == ',')
5605 {
5606 *s += 1;
5607 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5608 *s += 1;
5609 c = **s;
5610 **s = 0x00;
5611
5612 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5613 {
5614 cmpltr = 0;
5615 }
5616 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5617 {
5618 cmpltr = 1;
5619 }
5620 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5621 {
5622 cmpltr = 2;
5623 }
5624 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5625 {
5626 cmpltr = 3;
5627 }
5628 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5629 {
5630 cmpltr = 4;
5631 }
5632 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5633 {
5634 cmpltr = 5;
5635 }
5636 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5637 {
5638 cmpltr = 6;
5639 }
5640 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5641 {
5642 cmpltr = 7;
5643 }
5644 else
5645 {
5646 cmpltr = -1;
5647 }
5648 **s = c;
5649 }
5650
5651 return cmpltr;
5652 }
5653
5654 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5655 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5656
5657 static int
5658 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5659 char **s;
5660 {
5661 int cmpltr;
5662 char *name = *s + 1;
5663 char c;
5664 char *save_s = *s;
5665 int nullify = 0;
5666
5667 cmpltr = 0;
5668 if (**s == ',')
5669 {
5670 *s += 1;
5671 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5672 *s += 1;
5673 c = **s;
5674 **s = 0x00;
5675 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5676 {
5677 cmpltr = 1;
5678 }
5679 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5680 {
5681 cmpltr = 2;
5682 }
5683 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5684 {
5685 cmpltr = 3;
5686 }
5687 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5688 {
5689 cmpltr = 4;
5690 }
5691 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5692 {
5693 cmpltr = 5;
5694 }
5695 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5696 {
5697 cmpltr = 6;
5698 }
5699 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5700 {
5701 cmpltr = 7;
5702 }
5703 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5704 completer. */
5705 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5706 {
5707 cmpltr = 0;
5708 nullify = 1;
5709 }
5710 else
5711 {
5712 cmpltr = -1;
5713 }
5714 **s = c;
5715 }
5716
5717 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5718 if (nullify)
5719 *s = save_s;
5720
5721 return cmpltr;
5722 }
5723
5724 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5725 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5726
5727 static int
5728 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5729 char **s;
5730 {
5731 int cmpltr;
5732 char *name = *s + 1;
5733 char c;
5734 char *save_s = *s;
5735 int nullify = 0;
5736
5737 cmpltr = 0;
5738 if (**s == ',')
5739 {
5740 *s += 1;
5741 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5742 *s += 1;
5743 c = **s;
5744 **s = 0x00;
5745 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5746 {
5747 cmpltr = 0;
5748 }
5749 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5750 {
5751 cmpltr = 1;
5752 }
5753 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5754 {
5755 cmpltr = 2;
5756 }
5757 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5758 {
5759 cmpltr = 3;
5760 }
5761 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5762 {
5763 cmpltr = 4;
5764 }
5765 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5766 {
5767 cmpltr = 5;
5768 }
5769 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5770 {
5771 cmpltr = 6;
5772 }
5773 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5774 {
5775 cmpltr = 7;
5776 }
5777 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5778 completer. */
5779 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5780 {
5781 cmpltr = 0;
5782 nullify = 1;
5783 }
5784 else
5785 {
5786 cmpltr = -1;
5787 }
5788 **s = c;
5789 }
5790
5791 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5792 if (nullify)
5793 *s = save_s;
5794
5795 return cmpltr;
5796 }
5797
5798 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5799 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5800
5801 static int
5802 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5803 char **s;
5804 {
5805 int cmpltr;
5806 char *name = *s + 1;
5807 char c;
5808 char *save_s = *s;
5809 int nullify = 0;
5810
5811 cmpltr = 0;
5812 if (**s == ',')
5813 {
5814 *s += 1;
5815 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5816 *s += 1;
5817 c = **s;
5818 **s = 0x00;
5819 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5820 {
5821 cmpltr = 1;
5822 }
5823 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5824 {
5825 cmpltr = 2;
5826 }
5827 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5828 {
5829 cmpltr = 3;
5830 }
5831 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5832 {
5833 cmpltr = 4;
5834 }
5835 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5836 {
5837 cmpltr = 5;
5838 }
5839 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5840 {
5841 cmpltr = 6;
5842 }
5843 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5844 {
5845 cmpltr = 7;
5846 }
5847 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5848 {
5849 cmpltr = 8;
5850 }
5851 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5852 {
5853 cmpltr = 9;
5854 }
5855 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5856 {
5857 cmpltr = 10;
5858 }
5859 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5860 {
5861 cmpltr = 11;
5862 }
5863 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5864 {
5865 cmpltr = 12;
5866 }
5867 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5868 {
5869 cmpltr = 13;
5870 }
5871 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5872 {
5873 cmpltr = 14;
5874 }
5875 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5876 {
5877 cmpltr = 15;
5878 }
5879 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5880 completer. */
5881 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5882 {
5883 cmpltr = 0;
5884 nullify = 1;
5885 }
5886 else
5887 {
5888 cmpltr = -1;
5889 }
5890 **s = c;
5891 }
5892
5893 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5894 if (nullify)
5895 *s = save_s;
5896
5897 return cmpltr;
5898 }
5899
5900 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5901 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5902 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5903 static void
5904 pa_align (bytes)
5905 int bytes;
5906 {
5907 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5908 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5909
5910 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5911 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5912
5913 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5914 alignment if necessary. */
5915 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5916 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5917 }
5918 #endif
5919
5920 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5921
5922 static void
5923 pa_block (z)
5924 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5925 {
5926 char *p;
5927 long int temp_fill;
5928 unsigned int temp_size;
5929 unsigned int i;
5930
5931 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5932 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5933 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5934 #endif
5935
5936 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5937
5938 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5939 temp_fill = 0;
5940
5941 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5942 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5943 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5944
5945 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5946
5947 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5948 {
5949 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5950 (valueT) temp_fill,
5951 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5952 }
5953
5954 pa_undefine_label ();
5955 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5956 }
5957
5958 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5959
5960 static void
5961 pa_brtab (begin)
5962 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5963 {
5964
5965 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5966 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5967 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5968 char *where = frag_more (0);
5969
5970 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5971 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5972 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5973 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5974 #endif
5975
5976 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5977 }
5978
5979 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5980
5981 static void
5982 pa_try (begin)
5983 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5984 {
5985 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5986 expressionS exp;
5987 char *where = frag_more (0);
5988
5989 if (! begin)
5990 expression (&exp);
5991
5992 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5993 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5994
5995 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5996 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5997 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5998 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5999 #endif
6000
6001 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6002 }
6003
6004 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6005 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6006 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6007
6008 static void
6009 pa_call (unused)
6010 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6011 {
6012 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6013 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6014 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6015 #endif
6016
6017 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6018 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6019 }
6020
6021 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6022 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6023
6024 static void
6025 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6026 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6027 {
6028 char *name, c, *p;
6029 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6030
6031 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6032 {
6033 name = input_line_pointer;
6034 c = get_symbol_end ();
6035 /* Process a source argument. */
6036 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6037 {
6038 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6039 p = input_line_pointer;
6040 *p = c;
6041 input_line_pointer++;
6042 name = input_line_pointer;
6043 c = get_symbol_end ();
6044 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6045 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6046 }
6047 /* Process a return value. */
6048 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6049 {
6050 p = input_line_pointer;
6051 *p = c;
6052 input_line_pointer++;
6053 name = input_line_pointer;
6054 c = get_symbol_end ();
6055 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6056 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6057 }
6058 else
6059 {
6060 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6061 }
6062 p = input_line_pointer;
6063 *p = c;
6064 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6065 input_line_pointer++;
6066 }
6067 }
6068
6069 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6070
6071 static int
6072 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6073 fragS *frag1;
6074 fragS *frag2;
6075 {
6076
6077 if (frag1 == NULL)
6078 return (FALSE);
6079 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6080 return (FALSE);
6081 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6082 return (TRUE);
6083 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6084 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6085 else
6086 return (FALSE);
6087 }
6088
6089 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6090 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6091 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6092 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6093 of the unwind spaces. */
6094
6095 static void
6096 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6097 struct call_info *call_info;
6098 {
6099 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6100 subsegT save_subseg;
6101 unsigned int unwind;
6102 int reloc;
6103 char *p;
6104
6105 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6106 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6107 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6108 return;
6109
6110 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6111 save_seg = now_seg;
6112 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6113 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6114 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6115 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6116 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6117 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6118 {
6119 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6120 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6121 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6122 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6123 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6124 }
6125
6126 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6127
6128 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6129 descriptor. */
6130 p = frag_more (16);
6131
6132 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6133 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6134 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6135 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6136 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6137 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6138
6139 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6140
6141 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6142 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6143 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6144 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6145 finished with its work. */
6146 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6147 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6148 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6149 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6150 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6151
6152 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6153 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6154 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6155
6156 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6157 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6158
6159 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6160 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6161 }
6162 #endif
6163
6164 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6165 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6166 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6167
6168 static void
6169 pa_callinfo (unused)
6170 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6171 {
6172 char *name, c, *p;
6173 int temp;
6174
6175 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6176 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6177 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6178 #endif
6179
6180 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6181 if (!within_procedure)
6182 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6183
6184 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6185 current procedure. */
6186 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6187
6188 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6189 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6190 {
6191 name = input_line_pointer;
6192 c = get_symbol_end ();
6193 /* Frame size specification. */
6194 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6195 {
6196 p = input_line_pointer;
6197 *p = c;
6198 input_line_pointer++;
6199 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6200 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6201 {
6202 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6203 temp = 0;
6204 }
6205
6206 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6207 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6208
6209 }
6210 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6211 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6212 {
6213 p = input_line_pointer;
6214 *p = c;
6215 input_line_pointer++;
6216 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6217 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6218 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6219 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6220 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6221 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6222 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6223 }
6224 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6225 {
6226 p = input_line_pointer;
6227 *p = c;
6228 input_line_pointer++;
6229 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6230 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6231 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6232 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6233 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6234 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6235 }
6236 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6237 {
6238 p = input_line_pointer;
6239 *p = c;
6240 input_line_pointer++;
6241 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6242 if (temp != 3)
6243 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6244 }
6245 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6246 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6247 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6248 {
6249 p = input_line_pointer;
6250 *p = c;
6251 }
6252 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6253 {
6254 p = input_line_pointer;
6255 *p = c;
6256 }
6257 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6258 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6259 {
6260 p = input_line_pointer;
6261 *p = c;
6262 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6263 }
6264 /* Likewise for SP. */
6265 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6266 {
6267 p = input_line_pointer;
6268 *p = c;
6269 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6270 }
6271 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6272 in the unwind descriptor. */
6273 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6274 {
6275 p = input_line_pointer;
6276 *p = c;
6277 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6278 }
6279 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6280 unwind descriptor. */
6281 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6282 {
6283 p = input_line_pointer;
6284 *p = c;
6285 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6286 }
6287 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6288 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6289 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6290 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6291 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6292 {
6293 p = input_line_pointer;
6294 *p = c;
6295 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6296 }
6297 else
6298 {
6299 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6300 *input_line_pointer = c;
6301 }
6302 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6303 input_line_pointer++;
6304 }
6305
6306 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6307 }
6308
6309 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6310 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6311 label when finished. */
6312 static void
6313 pa_text (unused)
6314 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6315 {
6316 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6317 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6318 current_subspace
6319 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6320 #endif
6321
6322 s_text (0);
6323 pa_undefine_label ();
6324 }
6325
6326 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6327 static void
6328 pa_data (unused)
6329 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6330 {
6331 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6332 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6333 current_subspace
6334 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6335 #endif
6336 s_data (0);
6337 pa_undefine_label ();
6338 }
6339
6340 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6341 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6342
6343 <label> .comm <length>
6344
6345 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6346 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6347 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6348 and subspace.
6349
6350 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6351
6352 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6353 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6354 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6355 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6356 a pain.
6357
6358 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6359
6360 static void
6361 pa_comm (unused)
6362 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6363 {
6364 unsigned int size;
6365 symbolS *symbol;
6366 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6367
6368 if (label_symbol)
6369 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6370 else
6371 symbol = NULL;
6372
6373 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6374 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6375
6376 if (symbol)
6377 {
6378 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6379 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6380 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6381
6382 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6383 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6384 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6385 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6386 }
6387 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6388 }
6389 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6390
6391 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6392
6393 static void
6394 pa_end (unused)
6395 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6396 {
6397 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6398 }
6399
6400 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6401 static void
6402 pa_enter (unused)
6403 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6404 {
6405 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6406 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6407 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6408 #endif
6409
6410 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6411 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6412 }
6413
6414 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6415 procesure. */
6416 static void
6417 pa_entry (unused)
6418 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6419 {
6420 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6421 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6422 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6423 #endif
6424
6425 if (!within_procedure)
6426 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6427 else
6428 {
6429 if (!callinfo_found)
6430 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6431 }
6432 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6433 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6434
6435 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6436 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6437 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6438 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6439 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6440
6441 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6442 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6443 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6444 denote the entry and exit points. */
6445 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6446 {
6447 char *where;
6448 unsigned int u;
6449
6450 where = frag_more (0);
6451 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6452 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6453 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6454 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6455 }
6456 #endif
6457 }
6458
6459 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6460 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6461 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6462 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6463
6464 int
6465 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6466 expressionS *resultP;
6467 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6468 expressionS *rightP;
6469 {
6470 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6471 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6472 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6473 {
6474 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6475 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6476 }
6477 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6478 }
6479
6480 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6481
6482 static void
6483 pa_equ (reg)
6484 int reg;
6485 {
6486 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6487 symbolS *symbol;
6488
6489 if (label_symbol)
6490 {
6491 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6492 if (reg)
6493 {
6494 strict = 1;
6495 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6496 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6497 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6498 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6499 }
6500 else
6501 {
6502 expressionS exp;
6503 segT seg;
6504
6505 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6506 seg = expression (&exp);
6507 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6508 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6509 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6510 {
6511 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6512 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6513 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6514 seg = absolute_section;
6515 }
6516 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6517 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6518 }
6519 }
6520 else
6521 {
6522 if (reg)
6523 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6524 else
6525 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6526 }
6527
6528 pa_undefine_label ();
6529 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6530 }
6531
6532 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6533 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6534 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6535
6536 static void
6537 process_exit ()
6538 {
6539 char *where;
6540
6541 where = frag_more (0);
6542
6543 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6544 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6545 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6546 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6547 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6548 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6549 #else
6550 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6551 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6552 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6553 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6554
6555 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6556 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6557 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6558 denote the entry and exit points. */
6559 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6560 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6561 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6562 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6563 #endif
6564 }
6565
6566 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6567
6568 static void
6569 pa_exit (unused)
6570 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6571 {
6572 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6573 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6574 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6575 #endif
6576
6577 if (!within_procedure)
6578 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6579 else
6580 {
6581 if (!callinfo_found)
6582 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6583 else
6584 {
6585 if (!within_entry_exit)
6586 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6587 else
6588 {
6589 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6590 process_exit ();
6591 }
6592 }
6593 }
6594 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6595 }
6596
6597 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6598 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6599 to callers. */
6600
6601 static void
6602 pa_export (unused)
6603 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6604 {
6605 char *name, c, *p;
6606 symbolS *symbol;
6607
6608 name = input_line_pointer;
6609 c = get_symbol_end ();
6610 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6611 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6612 {
6613 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6614 p = input_line_pointer;
6615 *p = c;
6616 input_line_pointer++;
6617 }
6618 else
6619 {
6620 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6621 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6622 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6623 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6624 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6625 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6626 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6627 p = input_line_pointer;
6628 *p = c;
6629 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6630 {
6631 input_line_pointer++;
6632 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6633 }
6634 }
6635
6636 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6637 }
6638
6639 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6640
6641 static void
6642 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6643 symbolS *symbolP;
6644 int is_export;
6645 {
6646 char *name, c, *p;
6647 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6648 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6649 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6650
6651 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6652
6653 {
6654 input_line_pointer += 8;
6655 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6656 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6657 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6658 }
6659 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6660 {
6661 input_line_pointer += 4;
6662 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6663 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6664
6665 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6666 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6667 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6668 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6669 {
6670 if (is_export)
6671 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6672 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6673
6674 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6675 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6676 }
6677 else
6678 {
6679 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6680 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6681 }
6682 }
6683 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6684 {
6685 input_line_pointer += 4;
6686 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6687 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6688 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6689 }
6690 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6691 {
6692 input_line_pointer += 5;
6693 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6694 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6695 }
6696 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6697 {
6698 input_line_pointer += 9;
6699 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6700 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6701 {
6702 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6703 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6704 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6705 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6706 }
6707 #endif
6708 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6709 }
6710 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6711 {
6712 input_line_pointer += 6;
6713 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6714 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6715 }
6716 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6717 {
6718 input_line_pointer += 8;
6719 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6720 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6721 }
6722 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6723 {
6724 input_line_pointer += 8;
6725 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6726 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6727 }
6728
6729 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6730 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6731 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6732 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6733 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6734 #endif
6735
6736 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6737 handle any argument relocation information. */
6738 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6739 {
6740 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6741 input_line_pointer++;
6742 name = input_line_pointer;
6743 c = get_symbol_end ();
6744 /* Argument sources. */
6745 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6746 {
6747 p = input_line_pointer;
6748 *p = c;
6749 input_line_pointer++;
6750 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6751 name = input_line_pointer;
6752 c = get_symbol_end ();
6753 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6754 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6755 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6756 #endif
6757 *input_line_pointer = c;
6758 }
6759 /* The return value. */
6760 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6761 {
6762 p = input_line_pointer;
6763 *p = c;
6764 input_line_pointer++;
6765 name = input_line_pointer;
6766 c = get_symbol_end ();
6767 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6768 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6769 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6770 #endif
6771 *input_line_pointer = c;
6772 }
6773 /* Privelege level. */
6774 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6775 {
6776 p = input_line_pointer;
6777 *p = c;
6778 input_line_pointer++;
6779 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6780 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6781 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6782 #endif
6783 c = get_symbol_end ();
6784 *input_line_pointer = c;
6785 }
6786 else
6787 {
6788 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6789 p = input_line_pointer;
6790 *p = c;
6791 }
6792 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6793 input_line_pointer++;
6794 }
6795 }
6796
6797 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6798 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6799 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6800
6801 static void
6802 pa_import (unused)
6803 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6804 {
6805 char *name, c, *p;
6806 symbolS *symbol;
6807
6808 name = input_line_pointer;
6809 c = get_symbol_end ();
6810
6811 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6812 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6813 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6814 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6815 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6816 {
6817 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6818 p = input_line_pointer;
6819 *p = c;
6820
6821 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6822 {
6823 input_line_pointer++;
6824 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6825 }
6826 else
6827 {
6828 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6829 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6830 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6831 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6832 if (now_seg == text_section)
6833 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6834
6835 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6836 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6837 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6838 }
6839 }
6840 else
6841 {
6842 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6843 the end of the current statement. */
6844 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6845 input_line_pointer++;
6846 }
6847
6848 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6849 }
6850
6851 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6852
6853 static void
6854 pa_label (unused)
6855 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6856 {
6857 char *name, c, *p;
6858
6859 name = input_line_pointer;
6860 c = get_symbol_end ();
6861
6862 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6863 {
6864 colon (name);
6865 p = input_line_pointer;
6866 *p = c;
6867 }
6868 else
6869 {
6870 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6871 }
6872
6873 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6874 {
6875 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6876 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6877 }
6878 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6879 }
6880
6881 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6882
6883 static void
6884 pa_leave (unused)
6885 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6886 {
6887 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6888 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6889 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6890 #endif
6891
6892 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6893 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6894 }
6895
6896 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6897
6898 static void
6899 pa_level (unused)
6900 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6901 {
6902 char *level;
6903
6904 level = input_line_pointer;
6905 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6906 {
6907 input_line_pointer += 3;
6908 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6909 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6910 }
6911 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6912 {
6913 input_line_pointer += 3;
6914 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6915 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6916 }
6917 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6918 {
6919 input_line_pointer += 4;
6920 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6921 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6922 }
6923 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6924 {
6925 input_line_pointer += 3;
6926 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6927 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6928 }
6929 else
6930 {
6931 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6932 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6933 }
6934 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6935 }
6936
6937 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6938
6939 static void
6940 pa_origin (unused)
6941 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6942 {
6943 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6944 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6945 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6946 #endif
6947
6948 s_org (0);
6949 pa_undefine_label ();
6950 }
6951
6952 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6953 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6954
6955 static void
6956 pa_param (unused)
6957 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6958 {
6959 char *name, c, *p;
6960 symbolS *symbol;
6961
6962 name = input_line_pointer;
6963 c = get_symbol_end ();
6964
6965 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6966 {
6967 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6968 p = input_line_pointer;
6969 *p = c;
6970 input_line_pointer++;
6971 }
6972 else
6973 {
6974 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6975 p = input_line_pointer;
6976 *p = c;
6977 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6978 {
6979 input_line_pointer++;
6980 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6981 }
6982 }
6983
6984 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6985 }
6986
6987 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6988 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6989
6990 static void
6991 pa_proc (unused)
6992 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6993 {
6994 struct call_info *call_info;
6995
6996 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6997 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6998 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6999 #endif
7000
7001 if (within_procedure)
7002 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7003
7004 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7005 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7006 within_procedure = TRUE;
7007
7008 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7009 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7010
7011 if (!call_info)
7012 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7013
7014 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7015
7016 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7017
7018 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7019 {
7020 call_info_root = call_info;
7021 last_call_info = call_info;
7022 }
7023 else
7024 {
7025 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7026 last_call_info = call_info;
7027 }
7028
7029 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7030
7031 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7032 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7033 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7034
7035 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7036 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7037 {
7038 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7039
7040 if (label_symbol)
7041 {
7042 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7043 {
7044 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7045 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7046 }
7047 else
7048 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7049 }
7050 else
7051 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7052 }
7053
7054 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7055 }
7056
7057 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7058 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7059
7060 static void
7061 pa_procend (unused)
7062 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7063 {
7064
7065 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7066 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7067 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7068 #endif
7069
7070 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7071 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7072 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7073
7074 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7075 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7076 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7077 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7078 {
7079 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7080
7081 if (label_symbol)
7082 {
7083 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7084 {
7085 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7086 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7087 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7088 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7089 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7090 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7091 if (within_entry_exit)
7092 {
7093 char *where;
7094 unsigned int u;
7095
7096 where = frag_more (0);
7097 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7098 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7099 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7100 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7101 }
7102 #endif
7103 }
7104 else
7105 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7106 }
7107 else
7108 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7109 }
7110
7111 if (!within_procedure)
7112 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7113
7114 if (!callinfo_found)
7115 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7116
7117 if (within_entry_exit)
7118 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7119
7120 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7121 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7122 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7123 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7124 #endif
7125
7126 within_procedure = FALSE;
7127 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7128 pa_undefine_label ();
7129 }
7130
7131 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7132 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7133 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7134
7135 static int
7136 log2 (value)
7137 int value;
7138 {
7139 int shift = 0;
7140
7141 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7142 shift++;
7143
7144 if (shift >= 32)
7145 return -1;
7146 else
7147 return shift;
7148 }
7149
7150 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7151
7152 static void
7153 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7154 {
7155 if (current_space == NULL)
7156 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7157
7158 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7159 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7160 }
7161
7162 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7163 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7164 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7165
7166 static sd_chain_struct *
7167 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7168 char *space_name;
7169 int create_flag;
7170 {
7171 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7172 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7173 int spnum;
7174 asection *seg = NULL;
7175 sd_chain_struct *space;
7176
7177 /* load default values */
7178 spnum = 0;
7179 sort = 0;
7180 loadable = TRUE;
7181 defined = TRUE;
7182 private = FALSE;
7183 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7184 {
7185 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7186 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7187 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7188 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7189 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7190 }
7191 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7192 {
7193 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7194 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7195 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7196 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7197 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7198 }
7199
7200 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7201 {
7202 print_errors = FALSE;
7203 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7204 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7205 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7206 the line should be ignored. */
7207 strict = 0;
7208 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7209 if (pa_number >= 0)
7210 {
7211 spnum = pa_number;
7212 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7213 }
7214 else
7215 {
7216 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7217 {
7218 input_line_pointer++;
7219 name = input_line_pointer;
7220 c = get_symbol_end ();
7221 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7222 {
7223 *input_line_pointer = c;
7224 input_line_pointer++;
7225 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7226 }
7227 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7228 {
7229 *input_line_pointer = c;
7230 input_line_pointer++;
7231 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7232 }
7233 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7234 {
7235 *input_line_pointer = c;
7236 loadable = FALSE;
7237 }
7238 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7239 {
7240 *input_line_pointer = c;
7241 defined = FALSE;
7242 }
7243 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7244 {
7245 *input_line_pointer = c;
7246 private = TRUE;
7247 }
7248 else
7249 {
7250 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7251 *input_line_pointer = c;
7252 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7253 input_line_pointer++;
7254 }
7255 }
7256 }
7257 print_errors = TRUE;
7258 }
7259
7260 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7261 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7262
7263 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7264 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7265 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7266 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7267 if (create_flag)
7268 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7269 private, sort, seg, 1);
7270 else
7271 {
7272 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7273 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7274 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7275 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7276 }
7277
7278 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7279 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7280 #endif
7281
7282 return space;
7283 }
7284
7285 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7286 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7287
7288 static void
7289 pa_space (unused)
7290 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7291 {
7292 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7293 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7294
7295 if (within_procedure)
7296 {
7297 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7298 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7299 }
7300 else
7301 {
7302 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7303 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7304 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7305 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7306 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7307 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7308 {
7309 input_line_pointer += 6;
7310 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7311 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7312 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7313 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7314 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7315
7316 current_space = sd_chain;
7317 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7318 current_subspace
7319 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7320 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7321 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7322 return;
7323 }
7324 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7325 {
7326 input_line_pointer += 9;
7327 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7328 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7329 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7330 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7331 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7332
7333 current_space = sd_chain;
7334 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7335 current_subspace
7336 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7337 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7338 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7339 return;
7340 }
7341 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7342 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7343 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7344 {
7345 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7346 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7347 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7348 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7349 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7350 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7351
7352 current_space = sd_chain;
7353
7354 {
7355 asection *gdb_section
7356 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7357
7358 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7359 current_subspace
7360 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7361 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7362 }
7363 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7364 return;
7365 }
7366
7367 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7368 print_errors = 0;
7369 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7370 strict = 0;
7371 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7372 if (pa_number >= 0)
7373 {
7374 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7375 {
7376 current_space = sd_chain;
7377
7378 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7379 current_subspace
7380 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7381 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7382 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7383 return;
7384 }
7385 }
7386
7387 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7388 print_errors = 1;
7389 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7390 name = input_line_pointer;
7391 c = get_symbol_end ();
7392 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7393 strcpy (space_name, name);
7394 *input_line_pointer = c;
7395
7396 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7397 current_space = sd_chain;
7398
7399 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7400 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7401 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7402 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7403 }
7404 }
7405
7406 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7407
7408 static void
7409 pa_spnum (unused)
7410 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7411 {
7412 char *name;
7413 char c;
7414 char *p;
7415 sd_chain_struct *space;
7416
7417 name = input_line_pointer;
7418 c = get_symbol_end ();
7419 space = is_defined_space (name);
7420 if (space)
7421 {
7422 p = frag_more (4);
7423 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7424 }
7425 else
7426 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7427
7428 *input_line_pointer = c;
7429 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7430 }
7431
7432 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7433 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7434
7435 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7436 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7437
7438 static void
7439 pa_subspace (create_new)
7440 int create_new;
7441 {
7442 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7443 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7444 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7445 sd_chain_struct *space;
7446 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7447 asection *section;
7448
7449 if (current_space == NULL)
7450 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7451
7452 if (within_procedure)
7453 {
7454 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7455 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7456 }
7457 else
7458 {
7459 name = input_line_pointer;
7460 c = get_symbol_end ();
7461 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7462 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7463 *input_line_pointer = c;
7464
7465 /* Load default values. */
7466 sort = 0;
7467 access = 0x7f;
7468 loadable = 1;
7469 common = 0;
7470 dup_common = 0;
7471 code_only = 0;
7472 zero = 0;
7473 space_index = ~0;
7474 alignment = 1;
7475 quadrant = 0;
7476
7477 space = current_space;
7478 if (create_new)
7479 ssd = NULL;
7480 else
7481 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7482 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7483 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7484 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7485 {
7486 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7487 current_subspace = ssd;
7488 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7489 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7490 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7491 return;
7492 }
7493 else
7494 {
7495 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7496 the builtin subspaces. */
7497 i = 0;
7498 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7499 {
7500 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7501 {
7502 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7503 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7504 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7505 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7506 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7507 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7508 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7509 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7510 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7511 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7512 break;
7513 }
7514 i++;
7515 }
7516 }
7517
7518 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7519 any information as specified by the user. */
7520 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7521 {
7522 input_line_pointer++;
7523 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7524 {
7525 name = input_line_pointer;
7526 c = get_symbol_end ();
7527 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7528 {
7529 *input_line_pointer = c;
7530 input_line_pointer++;
7531 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7532 }
7533 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7534 {
7535 *input_line_pointer = c;
7536 input_line_pointer++;
7537 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7538 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7539 {
7540 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7541 alignment = 1;
7542 }
7543 }
7544 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7545 {
7546 *input_line_pointer = c;
7547 input_line_pointer++;
7548 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7549 }
7550 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7551 {
7552 *input_line_pointer = c;
7553 input_line_pointer++;
7554 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7555 }
7556 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7557 {
7558 *input_line_pointer = c;
7559 code_only = 1;
7560 }
7561 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7562 {
7563 *input_line_pointer = c;
7564 loadable = 0;
7565 }
7566 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7567 {
7568 *input_line_pointer = c;
7569 common = 1;
7570 }
7571 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7572 {
7573 *input_line_pointer = c;
7574 dup_common = 1;
7575 }
7576 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7577 {
7578 *input_line_pointer = c;
7579 zero = 1;
7580 }
7581 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7582 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7583 else
7584 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7585 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7586 input_line_pointer++;
7587 }
7588 }
7589
7590 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7591 in the .subspace directive. */
7592 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7593 flags = 0;
7594 if (loadable)
7595 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7596 if (code_only)
7597 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7598 if (common || dup_common)
7599 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7600
7601 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7602
7603 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7604 if (zero)
7605 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7606
7607 applicable &= flags;
7608
7609 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7610 segment already associated with the subspace.
7611
7612 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7613 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7614 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7615 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7616 if (create_new)
7617 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7618 else if (ssd)
7619 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7620 else
7621 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7622
7623 if (zero)
7624 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7625
7626 /* Now set the flags. */
7627 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7628
7629 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7630 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7631
7632 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7633 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7634 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7635
7636 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7637 or create a new one. */
7638 if (ssd)
7639
7640 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7641 code_only, common, dup_common,
7642 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7643 alignment, quadrant,
7644 section);
7645 else
7646 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7647 code_only, common,
7648 dup_common, zero, sort,
7649 access, space_index,
7650 alignment, quadrant, section);
7651
7652 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7653 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7654 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7655 }
7656 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7657 }
7658
7659 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7660
7661 static void
7662 pa_spaces_begin ()
7663 {
7664 int i;
7665
7666 space_dict_root = NULL;
7667 space_dict_last = NULL;
7668
7669 i = 0;
7670 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7671 {
7672 char *name;
7673
7674 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7675 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7676
7677 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7678 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7679 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7680 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7681 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7682 i++;
7683 }
7684
7685 i = 0;
7686 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7687 {
7688 char *name;
7689 int applicable, subsegment;
7690 asection *segment = NULL;
7691 sd_chain_struct *space;
7692
7693 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7694 subsegment number. */
7695 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7696 subsegment = 0;
7697
7698 /* Create the new section. */
7699 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7700
7701 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7702 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7703 all the built-in subspaces. */
7704 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7705 {
7706 text_section = segment;
7707 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7708 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7709 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7710 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7711 | SEC_READONLY
7712 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7713 }
7714 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7715 {
7716 data_section = segment;
7717 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7718 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7719 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7720 | SEC_RELOC
7721 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7722
7723 }
7724 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7725 {
7726 bss_section = segment;
7727 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7728 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7729 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7730 }
7731 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7732 {
7733 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7734 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7735 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7736 | SEC_RELOC
7737 | SEC_READONLY
7738 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7739 }
7740 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7741 {
7742 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7743 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7744 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7745 | SEC_RELOC
7746 | SEC_READONLY
7747 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7748 }
7749 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7750 {
7751 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7752 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7753 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7754 | SEC_RELOC
7755 | SEC_READONLY
7756 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7757 }
7758
7759 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7760 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7761 def_space_index].segment);
7762 if (space == NULL)
7763 {
7764 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7765 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7766 }
7767
7768 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7769 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7770 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7771 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7772 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7773 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7774 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7775 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7776 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7777 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7778 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7779 segment);
7780 i++;
7781 }
7782 }
7783
7784 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7785 by the given parameters. */
7786
7787 static sd_chain_struct *
7788 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7789 sort, seg, user_defined)
7790 char *name;
7791 int spnum;
7792 int loadable;
7793 int defined;
7794 int private;
7795 int sort;
7796 asection *seg;
7797 int user_defined;
7798 {
7799 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7800
7801 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7802 if (!chain_entry)
7803 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7804 name);
7805
7806 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7807 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7808 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7809 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7810 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7811
7812 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7813 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7814 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7815 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7816
7817 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7818 if (!space_dict_last)
7819 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7820
7821 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7822 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7823 else
7824 {
7825 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7826 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7827
7828 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7829 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7830
7831 while (chain_pointer)
7832 {
7833 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7834 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7835 }
7836
7837 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7838 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7839 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7840 {
7841 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7842 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7843 }
7844 else
7845 {
7846 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7847 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7848 }
7849
7850 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7851 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7852 }
7853
7854 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7855 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7856 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7857 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7858 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7859 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7860 #endif
7861
7862 return chain_entry;
7863 }
7864
7865 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7866 by the given parameters.
7867
7868 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7869 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7870
7871 static ssd_chain_struct *
7872 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7873 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7874 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7875 sd_chain_struct *space;
7876 char *name;
7877 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7878 int sort;
7879 int access;
7880 int space_index;
7881 int alignment;
7882 int quadrant;
7883 asection *seg;
7884 {
7885 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7886
7887 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7888 if (!chain_entry)
7889 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7890
7891 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7892 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7893
7894 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7895 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7896 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7897
7898 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7899 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7900 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7901
7902 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7903 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7904 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7905 else
7906 {
7907 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7908 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7909
7910 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7911 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7912
7913 while (chain_pointer)
7914 {
7915 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7916 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7917 }
7918
7919 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7920 the links. */
7921 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7922 {
7923 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7924 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7925 }
7926 else
7927 {
7928 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7929 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7930 }
7931 }
7932
7933 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7934 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7935 sort, quadrant);
7936 #endif
7937
7938 return chain_entry;
7939 }
7940
7941 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7942 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7943
7944 static ssd_chain_struct *
7945 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7946 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7947 sd_chain_struct *space;
7948 char *name;
7949 int loadable;
7950 int code_only;
7951 int common;
7952 int dup_common;
7953 int zero;
7954 int sort;
7955 int access;
7956 int space_index;
7957 int alignment;
7958 int quadrant;
7959 asection *section;
7960 {
7961 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7962
7963 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7964
7965 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7966 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7967 sort, quadrant);
7968 #endif
7969
7970 return chain_entry;
7971 }
7972
7973 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7974 NULL if no such space exists. */
7975
7976 static sd_chain_struct *
7977 is_defined_space (name)
7978 char *name;
7979 {
7980 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7981
7982 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7983 chain_pointer;
7984 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7985 {
7986 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7987 return chain_pointer;
7988 }
7989
7990 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7991 return NULL;
7992 }
7993
7994 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7995 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7996
7997 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7998 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7999
8000 static sd_chain_struct *
8001 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8002 asection *seg;
8003 {
8004 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8005
8006 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8007 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8008 space_chain;
8009 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8010 {
8011 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8012 return space_chain;
8013 }
8014
8015 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8016 return NULL;
8017 }
8018
8019 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8020 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8021
8022 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8023 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8024 own subspace. */
8025
8026 static ssd_chain_struct *
8027 is_defined_subspace (name)
8028 char *name;
8029 {
8030 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8031 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8032
8033 /* Walk through each space. */
8034 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8035 space_chain;
8036 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8037 {
8038 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8039 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8040 subspace_chain;
8041 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8042 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8043 return subspace_chain;
8044 }
8045
8046 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8047 return NULL;
8048 }
8049
8050 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8051 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8052
8053 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8054 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8055 to become more efficient. */
8056
8057 static ssd_chain_struct *
8058 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8059 asection *seg;
8060 subsegT subseg;
8061 {
8062 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8063 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8064
8065 /* Walk through each space. */
8066 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8067 space_chain;
8068 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8069 {
8070 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8071 {
8072 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8073 the correct mapping. */
8074 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8075 subspace_chain;
8076 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8077 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8078 return subspace_chain;
8079 }
8080 }
8081
8082 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8083 return NULL;
8084 }
8085
8086 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8087
8088 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8089 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8090
8091 static sd_chain_struct *
8092 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8093 int number;
8094 {
8095 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8096
8097 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8098 space_chain;
8099 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8100 {
8101 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8102 return space_chain;
8103 }
8104
8105 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8106 return NULL;
8107 }
8108
8109 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8110 address is unknown then return zero. */
8111
8112 static unsigned int
8113 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8114 sd_chain_struct *space;
8115 int quadrant;
8116 {
8117 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8118 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8119 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8120 return 0x40000000;
8121 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8122 return 0x40000000;
8123 else
8124 return 0;
8125 return 0;
8126 }
8127
8128 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8129 static int
8130 pa_next_subseg (space)
8131 sd_chain_struct *space;
8132 {
8133
8134 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8135 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8136 }
8137 #endif
8138
8139 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8140 a string. */
8141
8142 static unsigned int
8143 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8144 char *s;
8145 {
8146 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8147
8148 switch (c)
8149 {
8150 case '\"':
8151 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8152 break;
8153 default:
8154 break;
8155 }
8156 return c;
8157 }
8158
8159 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8160
8161 static void
8162 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8163 int append_zero;
8164 {
8165 char *s, num_buf[4];
8166 unsigned int c;
8167 int i;
8168
8169 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8170 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8171 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8172
8173 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8174 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8175 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8176 #endif
8177
8178 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8179 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8180
8181 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8182 {
8183 if (c == '\\')
8184 {
8185 c = *s;
8186 switch (c)
8187 {
8188 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8189 case 'x':
8190 {
8191 unsigned int number;
8192 int num_digit;
8193 char dg;
8194 char *s_start = s;
8195
8196 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8197 s++;
8198 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8199 num_digit < 2
8200 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8201 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8202 num_digit++)
8203 {
8204 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8205 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8206 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8207 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8208 else
8209 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8210
8211 s++;
8212 dg = *s;
8213 }
8214 if (num_digit > 0)
8215 {
8216 switch (num_digit)
8217 {
8218 case 1:
8219 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8220 break;
8221 case 2:
8222 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8223 break;
8224 }
8225 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8226 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8227 }
8228 break;
8229 }
8230 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8231 default:
8232 s++;
8233 break;
8234 }
8235 }
8236 }
8237 stringer (append_zero);
8238 pa_undefine_label ();
8239 }
8240
8241 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8242
8243 static void
8244 pa_version (unused)
8245 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8246 {
8247 obj_version (0);
8248 pa_undefine_label ();
8249 }
8250
8251 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8252
8253 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8254
8255 static void
8256 pa_compiler (unused)
8257 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8258 {
8259 obj_som_compiler (0);
8260 pa_undefine_label ();
8261 }
8262
8263 #endif
8264
8265 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8266
8267 static void
8268 pa_copyright (unused)
8269 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8270 {
8271 obj_copyright (0);
8272 pa_undefine_label ();
8273 }
8274
8275 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8276 the latest space label. */
8277
8278 static void
8279 pa_cons (nbytes)
8280 int nbytes;
8281 {
8282 cons (nbytes);
8283 pa_undefine_label ();
8284 }
8285
8286 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8287
8288 static void
8289 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8290 int float_type;
8291 {
8292 float_cons (float_type);
8293 pa_undefine_label ();
8294 }
8295
8296 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8297
8298 static void
8299 pa_fill (unused)
8300 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8301 {
8302 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8303 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8304 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8305 #endif
8306
8307 s_fill (0);
8308 pa_undefine_label ();
8309 }
8310
8311 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8312
8313 static void
8314 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8315 int needs_align;
8316 {
8317 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8318 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8319 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8320 #endif
8321
8322 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8323 pa_undefine_label ();
8324 }
8325
8326 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8327
8328 static void
8329 pa_lsym (unused)
8330 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8331 {
8332 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8333 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8334 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8335 #endif
8336
8337 s_lsym (0);
8338 pa_undefine_label ();
8339 }
8340
8341 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8342 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8343 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8344
8345 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8346 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8347 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8348 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8349 with the address of "foo").
8350
8351 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8352 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8353 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8354
8355 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8356 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8357 selectors).
8358
8359 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8360 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8361
8362 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8363 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8364 right bits out of an instruction. */
8365
8366 int
8367 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8368 fixS *fixp;
8369 {
8370 reloc_type code;
8371 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8372
8373 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8374
8375 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8376 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8377 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8378 return 0;
8379 #endif
8380
8381 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8382 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8383 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8384 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8385 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8386 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8387 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8388
8389 switch (code)
8390 {
8391 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8392 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8393 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8394 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8395 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8396
8397 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8398 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8399 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8400 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8401 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8402 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8403 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8404 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8405 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8406 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8407 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8408 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8409 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8410 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8411
8412 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8413 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8414 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8415 return 0;
8416 default:
8417 break;
8418 }
8419 #endif
8420
8421 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8422 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8423
8424 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8425 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8426 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8427 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8428 && fixp->fx_subsy
8429 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8430 return 0;
8431
8432 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8433
8434 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8435 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8436 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8437 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8438 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8439 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8440 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8441 sum to the right value.
8442
8443 eg. Suppose we have
8444 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8445 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8446 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8447
8448 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8449 reducing to the section symbol we get
8450 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8451 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8452 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8453 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8454 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8455
8456 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8457 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8458 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8459 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8460 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8461
8462 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8463 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8464 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8465 return 0;
8466
8467 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8468 relocations with plabels. */
8469 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8470 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8471 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8472 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8473 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8474 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8475 return 0;
8476
8477 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8478 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8479 return 0;
8480
8481 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8482 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8483 return 0;
8484
8485 return 1;
8486 }
8487
8488 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8489 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8490 within GAS. */
8491
8492 int
8493 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8494 struct fix *fixp;
8495 {
8496 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8497
8498 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8500 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8501 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8502 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8503 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8504 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8505 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8506 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8507 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8508 return 1;
8509 #endif
8510 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8511 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8512 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8513 return 1;
8514 #endif
8515
8516 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8517
8518 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8519 linking works. */
8520 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8521 return 1;
8522
8523 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8524 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8525 call stub. */
8526 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8527 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8528 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8529 return 1;
8530
8531 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8532 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8533 {
8534 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8535 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8536
8537 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8538
8539 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8540 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8541 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8542 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8543 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8544 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8545 #endif
8546
8547 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8548 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8549 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8550 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8551 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8552 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8553 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8554 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8555 )
8556 return 1;
8557 }
8558
8559 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8560 return 1;
8561
8562 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8563 return 0;
8564 }
8565
8566 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8567 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8568 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8569 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
8570
8571 static void
8572 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8573 {
8574 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8575 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8576 char *name;
8577
8578 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8579 {
8580 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8581 or other problems. */
8582 return;
8583 }
8584
8585 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8586 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8587 + 1);
8588 if (name)
8589 {
8590 symbolS *symbolP;
8591
8592 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8593 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8594
8595 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8596 symbol will have already been defined. */
8597 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8598 if (symbolP)
8599 {
8600 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8601 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8602
8603 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8604 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8605 xfree (name);
8606 }
8607 else
8608 {
8609 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8610 last instruction of the function */
8611 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8612 frag_now);
8613
8614 assert (symbolP);
8615 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8616 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8617 }
8618
8619 if (symbolP)
8620 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8621 else
8622 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8623
8624 }
8625 else
8626 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8627
8628 }
8629
8630 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8631 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8632 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8633 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8634
8635 void
8636 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8637 {
8638 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8639
8640 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8641 call_info_pointer;
8642 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8643 {
8644 elf_symbol_type *esym
8645 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8646 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8647 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8648 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8649 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8650 }
8651 }
8652
8653 static void
8654 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8655 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8656 {
8657 struct fix *new_fix;
8658
8659 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8660
8661 if (new_fix)
8662 {
8663 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8664 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8665 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8666 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8667 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8668 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8669 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8670 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8671 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8672 }
8673 }
8674
8675 static void
8676 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8677 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8678 {
8679 struct fix *new_fix;
8680
8681 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8682
8683 if (new_fix)
8684 {
8685 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8686 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8687 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8688 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8689 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8690 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8691 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8692 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8693 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8694 }
8695 }
8696 #endif
A mirror of the official binutils-gdb repository